Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

like ships

  • 1 разойтись, как в море корабли

    прост.
    go each one's own way, like ships at sea

    - Мир? - Отдайте мне то, что взяли, и разойдёмся, как в море корабли. Видеть вас не хочу, - заявила она и опять отвернулась к окну. (В. Кондратьев, Женька) — 'Is it peace then?' 'Give me back what you've taken away from me and let us go each his own way, like ships at sea. I don't want to see you,' she declared and again turned to the window.

    Русско-английский фразеологический словарь > разойтись, как в море корабли

  • 2 ad

    ad, prep. with acc. (from the fourth century after Christ written also at; Etrusc. suf. -a; Osc. az; Umbr. and Old Lat. ar, as [p. 27] in Eug. Tab., in S. C. de Bacch., as arveho for adveho; arfuerunt, arfuisse, for adfuerunt, etc.; arbiter for adbiter; so, ar me advenias, Plant. Truc. 2, 2, 17; cf. Prisc. 559 P.; Vel. Long. 2232 P.; Fabretti, Glos. Ital. col. 5) [cf. Sanscr. adhi; Goth. and Eng. at; Celt. pref. ar, as armor, i.e. ad mare; Rom. a].
    I.
    As antith. to ab (as in to ex), in a progressive order of relation, ad denotes, first, the direction toward an object; then the reaching of or attaining to it; and finally, the being at or near it.
    A.
    In space.
    1.
    Direction toward, to, toward, and first,
    a.
    Horizontally:

    fugere ad puppim colles campique videntur,

    the hills and fields appear to fly toward the ship, Lucr. 4, 390: meridie umbrae cadunt ad septentrionem, ortu vero ad occasum, to or toward the north and west, Plin. 2, 13, and so often of the geog. position of a place in reference to the points of compass, with the verbs jacere, vergere, spectare, etc.:

    Asia jacet ad meridiem et austrum, Europa ad septentriones et aquiionem,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 31 Mull.;

    and in Plin. very freq.: Creta ad austrum... ad septentrionem versa, 4, 20: ad Atticam vergente, 4, 21 al.—Also trop.: animus alius ad alia vitia propensior,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 37, 81.—
    b.
    In a direction upwards (esp. in the poets, very freq.): manusque sursum ad caelum sustulit, Naev. ap. Non. 116, 30 (B. Pun. p. 13, ed. Vahl.): manus ad caeli templa tendebam lacrimans, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 50 ed. Vahl.); cf.:

    duplices tendens ad sidera palmas,

    Verg. A. 1, 93: molem ex profundo saxeam ad caelum vomit, Att. ap. Prisc. 1325 P.: clamor ad caelum volvendus, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 104 Mull. (Ann. v. 520 ed. Vahl.) (cf. with this: tollitur in caelum clamor, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, or Ann. v. 422):

    ad caelumque ferat flammai fulgura rursum, of Aetna,

    Lucr. 1, 725; cf. id. 2, 191; 2, 325: sidera sola micant;

    ad quae sua bracchia tendens, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 188:

    altitudo pertingit ad caelum,

    Vulg. Dan. 4, 17.—
    c.
    Also in the direction downwards (for the usu. in):

    tardiore semper ad terras omnium quae geruntur in caelo effectu cadente quam visu,

    Plin. 2, 97, 99, § 216.
    2.
    The point or goal at which any thing arrives.
    a.
    Without reference to the space traversed in passing, to, toward (the most common use of this prep.): cum stupro redire ad suos popularis, Naev. ap. Fest. p. 317 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 14 ed. Vahl.):

    ut ex tam alto dignitatis gradu ad superos videatur potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 12: ad terras decidat aether, Lucan. 2, 58. —Hence,
    (α).
    With verbs which designate going, coming, moving, bearing, bringing near, adapting, taking, receiving, calling, exciting, admonishing, etc., when the verb is compounded with ad the prep. is not always repeated, but the constr. with the dat. or acc. employed; cf. Rudd. II. pp. 154, 175 n. (In the ante-class. per., and even in Cic., ad is generally repeated with most verbs, as, ad eos accedit, Cic. Sex. Rosc. 8:

    ad Sullam adire,

    id. ib. 25:

    ad se adferre,

    id. Verr. 4, 50:

    reticulum ad naris sibi admovebat,

    id. ib. 5, 27:

    ad laborem adhortantur,

    id. de Sen. 14:

    T. Vectium ad se arcessit,

    id. Verr. 5, 114; but the poets of the Aug. per., and the historians, esp. Tac., prefer the dative; also, when the compound verb contains merely the idea of approach, the constr. with ad and the acc. is employed; but when it designates increase, that with the dat. is more usual: accedit ad urbem, he approaches the city; but, accedit provinciae, it is added to the province.)—
    (β).
    Ad me, te, se, for domum meam, tuam, suam (in Plaut. and Ter. very freq.):

    oratus sum venire ad te huc,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 1, 12: spectatores plaudite atque ite ad vos comissatum, id. Stich. fin.:

    eamus ad me,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 64:

    ancillas traduce huc ad vos,

    id. Heaut. 4, 4, 22:

    transeundumst tibi ad Menedemum,

    id. 4, 4, 17: intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se, Lucil. ap. Charis. p. 86 P.:

    te oro, ut ad me Vibonem statim venias,

    Cic. Att. 3, 3; 16, 10 al.—
    (γ).
    Ad, with the name of a deity in the gen., is elliptical for ad templum or aedem (cf.:

    Thespiadas, quae ad aedem Felicitatis sunt,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 4; id. Phil. 2, 35:

    in aedem Veneris,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 120;

    in aedem Concordiae,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 9, 21;

    2, 6, 12): ad Dianae,

    to the temple of, Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 43:

    ad Opis,

    Cic. Att. 8, 1, 14:

    ad Castoris,

    id. Quint. 17:

    ad Juturnae,

    id. Clu. 101:

    ad Vestae,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 35 al.: cf. Rudd. II. p. 41, n. 4, and p. 334.—
    (δ).
    With verbs which denote a giving, sending, informing, submitting, etc., it is used for the simple dat. (Rudd. II. p. 175): litteras dare ad aliquem, to send or write one a letter; and: litteras dare alicui, to give a letter to one; hence Cic. never says, like Caesar and Sall., alicui scribere, which strictly means, to write for one (as a receipt, etc.), but always mittere, scribere, perscribere ad aliquem:

    postea ad pistores dabo,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 119:

    praecipe quae ad patrem vis nuntiari,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 109:

    in servitutem pauperem ad divitem dare,

    Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 48:

    nam ad me Publ. Valerius scripsit,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 2 med.:

    de meis rebus ad Lollium perscripsi,

    id. ib. 5, 3:

    velim domum ad te scribas, ut mihi tui libri pateant,

    id. Att. 4, 14; cf. id. ib. 4, 16:

    ad primam (sc. epistulam) tibi hoc scribo,

    in answer to your first, id. ib. 3, 15, 2:

    ad Q. Fulvium Cons. Hirpini et Lucani dediderunt sese,

    Liv. 27, 15, 1; cf. id. 28, 22, 5.—Hence the phrase: mittere or scribere librum ad aliquem, to dedicate a book to one (Greek, prosphônein):

    has res ad te scriptas, Luci, misimus, Aeli,

    Lucil. Sat. 1, ap. Auct. Her. 4, 12:

    quae institueram, ad te mittam,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 5: ego interea admonitu tuo perfeci sane argutulos libros ad Varronem;

    and soon after: mihi explices velim, maneasne in sententia, ut mittam ad eum quae scripsi,

    Cic. Att. 13, 18; cf. ib. 16; Plin. 1, 19.—So in titles of books: M. Tullii Ciceronis ad Marcum Brutum Orator; M. T. Cic. ad Q. Fratrem Dialogi tres de Oratore, etc.—In the titles of odes and epigrams ad aliquem signifies to, addressed to. —
    (ε).
    With names of towns after verbs of motion, ad is used in answer to the question Whither? instead of the simple acc.; but commonly with this difference, that ad denotes to the vicinity of, the neighborhood of:

    miles ad Capuam profectus sum, quintoque anno post ad Tarentum,

    Cic. de Sen. 4, 10; id. Fam. 3, 81:

    ad Veios,

    Liv. 5, 19; 14, 18; cf. Caes. B. G. 1, 7; id. B. C. 3, 40 al.—Ad is regularly used when the proper name has an appellative in apposition to it:

    ad Cirtam oppidum iter constituunt,

    Sall. J. 81, 2; so Curt. 3, 1, 22; 4, 9, 9;

    or when it is joined with usque,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 87; id. Deiot, 7, 19.— (When an adjective is added, the simple acc. is used poet., as well as with ad:

    magnum iter ad doctas proficisci cogor Athenas,

    Prop. 3, 21, 1; the simple acc., Ov. H. 2, 83: doctas jam nunc eat, inquit, Athenas).—
    (ζ).
    With verbs which imply a hostile movement toward, or protection in respect to any thing, against = adversus:

    nonne ad senem aliquam fabricam fingit?

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 34:

    Lernaeas pugnet ad hydras,

    Prop. 3, 19, 9: neque quo pacto fallam, nec quem dolum ad eum aut machinam commoliar, old poet in Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 73:

    Belgarum copias ad se venire vidit,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 5; 7, 70:

    ipse ad hostem vehitur,

    Nep. Dat. 4, 5; id. Dion. 5, 4: Romulus ad regem impetus facit (a phrase in which in is commonly found), Liv. 1, 5, 7, and 44, 3, 10:

    aliquem ad hostem ducere,

    Tac. A. 2, 52:

    clipeos ad tela protecti obiciunt,

    Verg. A. 2, 443:

    munio me ad haec tempora,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 18:

    ad hos omnes casus provisa erant praesidia,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 65; 7, 41;

    so with nouns: medicamentum ad aquam intercutem,

    Cic. Off. 3, 24:

    remedium ad tertianam,

    Petr. Sat. 18:

    munimen ad imbris,

    Verg. G. 2, 352:

    farina cum melle ad tussim siccam efficasissima est,

    Plin. 20, 22, 89, § 243:

    ad muliebre ingenium efficaces preces,

    Liv. 1, 9; 1, 19 (in these two passages ad may have the force of apud, Hand).—
    (η).
    The repetition of ad to denote the direction to a place and to a person present in it is rare:

    nunc tu abi ad forum ad herum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 100; cf.:

    vocatis classico ad concilium militibus ad tribunos,

    Liv. 5 47.—(The distinction between ad and in is given by Diom. 409 P., thus: in forum ire est in ipsum forum intrare; ad forum autem ire, in locum foro proximum; ut in tribunal et ad tribunal venire non unum est; quia ad tribunal venit litigator, in tribunal vero praetor aut judex; cf. also Sen. Ep. 73, 14, deus ad homines venit, immo, quod propius est, in homines venit.)—
    b.
    The terminus, with ref. to the space traversed, to, even to, with or without usque, Quint. 10, 7, 16: ingurgitavit usque ad imum gutturem, Naev. ap. Non. 207, 20 (Rib. Com. Rel. p. 30): dictator pervehitur usque ad oppidum, Naev. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 153 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 16 ed. Vahl.):

    via pejor ad usque Baii moenia,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 96; 1, 1, 97:

    rigidum permanat frigus ad ossa,

    Lucr. 1, 355; 1, 969:

    cum sudor ad imos Manaret talos,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 10:

    ut quantum posset, agmen ad mare extenderet,

    Curt. 3, 9, 10:

    laeva pars ad pectus est nuda,

    id. 6, 5, 27 al. —Hence the Plinian expression, petere aliquid (usque) ad aliquem, to seek something everywhere, even with one:

    ut ad Aethiopas usque peteretur,

    Plin. 36, 6, 9, § 51 (where Jan now reads ab Aethiopia); so,

    vestis ad Seras peti,

    id. 12, 1, 1.— Trop.:

    si quid poscam, usque ad ravim poscam,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 10:

    deverberasse usque ad necem,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 13;

    without usque: hic ad incitas redactus,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 136; 4, 2, 52; id. Poen. 4, 2, 85; illud ad incitas cum redit atque internecionem, Lucil. ap. Non. 123, 20:

    virgis ad necem caedi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; so Hor. S. 1, 2, 42; Liv. 24, 38, 9; Tac. A. 11, 37; Suet. Ner. 26; id. Dom. 8 al.
    3.
    Nearness or proximity in gen. = apud, near to, by, at, close by (in anteclass. per. very freq.; not rare later, esp. in the historians): pendent peniculamenta unum ad quemque pedum, trains are suspended at each foot, Enn. ap. Non. 149, 33 (Ann. v. 363 ed. Vahl.):

    ut in servitute hic ad suum maneat patrem,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 3, 98;

    3, 5, 41: sol quasi flagitator astat usque ad ostium,

    stands like a creditor continually at the door, id. Most. 3, 2, 81 (cf. with same force, Att. ap. Non. 522, 25;

    apud ipsum astas): ad foris adsistere,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 66; id. Arch. 24:

    astiterunt ad januam,

    Vulg. Act. 10, 17:

    non adest ad exercitum,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 6; cf. ib. prol. 133:

    aderant ad spectaculum istud,

    Vulg. Luc. 23, 48: has (testas) e fenestris in caput Deiciunt, qui prope ad ostium adspiraverunt, Lucil. ap. Non. 288, 31:

    et nec opinanti Mors ad caput adstitit,

    Lucr. 3, 959:

    quod Romanis ad manum domi supplementum esset,

    at hand, Liv. 9, 19, 6:

    haec arma habere ad manum,

    Quint. 12, 5, 1:

    dominum esse ad villam,

    Cic. Sull. 20; so id. Verr. 2, 21:

    errantem ad flumina,

    Verg. E. 6, 64; Tib. 1, 10, 38; Plin. 7, 2, § 12; Vitr. 7, 14; 7, 12; and ellipt. (cf. supra, 2. g):

    pecunia utinam ad Opis maneret!

    Cic. Phil. 1, 17.—Even of persons:

    qui primum pilum ad Caesarem duxerat (for apud),

    Caes. B. G. 6, 38; so id. ib. 1, 31; 3, 9; 5, 53; 7, 5; id. B. C. 3, 60:

    ad inferos poenas parricidii luent,

    among, Cic. Phil. 14, 13:

    neque segnius ad hostes bellum apparatur,

    Liv. 7, 7, 4: pugna ad Trebiam, ad Trasimenum, ad Cannas, etc., for which Liv. also uses the gen.:

    si Trasimeni quam Trebiae, si Cannarum quam Trasimeni pugna nobilior esset, 23, 43, 4.—Sometimes used to form the name of a place, although written separately, e. g. ad Murcim,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 154:

    villa ad Gallinas, a villa on the Flaminian Way,

    Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 37: ad urbem esse (of generals), to remain outside the city (Rome) until permission was given for a triumph:

    “Esse ad urbem dicebantur, qui cum potestate provinciali aut nuper e provincia revertissent, aut nondum in provinciam profecti essent... solebant autem, qui ob res in provincia gestas triumphum peterent, extra urbem exspectare, donec, lege lata, triumphantes urbem introire possent,”

    Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 8.—So sometimes with names of towns and verbs of rest:

    pons, qui erat ad Genavam,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    ad Tibur mortem patri minatus est,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 4, 10:

    conchas ad Caietam legunt,

    id. Or. 2, 6:

    ad forum esse,

    to be at the market, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 136; id. Most. 3, 2, 158; cf. Ter. Ph. 4, 2, 8; id. And. 1, 5, 19.—Hence, adverb., ad dextram (sc. manum, partem), ad laevam, ad sinistram, to the right, to the left, or on the right, on the left:

    ad dextram,

    Att. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 225; Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 1; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 44; Cic. Univ. 13; Caes. B. C. 1, 69:

    ad laevam,

    Enn. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 51; Att. ib. p. 217: ad sinistram, Ter. [p. 28] Ad. 4, 2, 43 al.:

    ad dextram... ad laevam,

    Liv. 40, 6;

    and with an ordinal number: cum plebes ad tertium milliarium consedisset,

    at the third milestone, Cic. Brut. 14, 54, esp. freq. with lapis:

    sepultus ad quintum lapidem,

    Nep. Att. 22, 4; so Liv. 3, 69 al.; Tac. H. 3, 18; 4, 60 (with apud, Ann. 1, 45; 3, 45; 15, 60) al.; cf. Rudd. II. p. 287.
    B.
    In time, analogous to the relations given in A.
    1.
    Direction toward, i. e. approach to a definite point of time, about, toward:

    domum reductus ad vesperum,

    toward evening, Cic. Lael. 3, 12:

    cum ad hiemem me ex Cilicia recepissem,

    toward winter, id. Fam. 3, 7.—
    2.
    The limit or boundary to which a space of time extends, with and without usque, till, until, to, even to, up to:

    ego ad illud frugi usque et probus fui,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 53:

    philosophia jacuit usque ad hanc aetatem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. de Sen. 14:

    quid si hic manebo potius ad meridiem,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 55; so id. Men. 5, 7, 33; id. Ps. 1, 5, 116; id. As. 2, 1, 5:

    ad multam noctem,

    Cic. de Sen. 14:

    Sophocles ad summam senectutem tragoedias fecit,

    id. ib. 2; cf. id. Rep. 1, 1:

    Alexandream se proficisci velle dixit (Aratus) remque integram ad reditum suum jussit esse,

    id. Off. 2, 23, 82:

    bestiae ex se natos amant ad quoddam tempus,

    id. Lael. 8; so id. de Sen. 6; id. Somn. Sc. 1 al. —And with ab or ab-usque, to desig. the whole period of time passed away:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8:

    usque ab aurora ad hoc diei,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 8.—
    3.
    Coincidence with a point of time, at, on, in, by:

    praesto fuit ad horam destinatam,

    at the appointed hour, Cic. Tusc. 5, 22:

    admonuit ut pecuniam ad diem solverent,

    on the day of payment, id. Att. 16, 16 A:

    nostra ad diem dictam fient,

    id. Fam. 16, 10, 4; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 5: ad lucem denique arte et graviter dormitare coepisse, at (not toward) daybreak, id. Div. 1, 28, 59; so id. Att. 1, 3, 2; 1, 4, 3; id. Fin. 2, 31, 103; id. Brut. 97, 313:

    ad id tempus,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 24; Sall. J. 70, 5; Tac. A. 15, 60; Suet. Aug. 87; Domit. 17, 21 al.
    C.
    The relations of number.
    1.
    An approximation to a sum designated, near, near to, almost, about, toward (cf. Gr. epi, pros with acc. and the Fr. pres de, a peu pres, presque) = circiter (Hand, Turs. I. p. 102):

    ad quadraginta eam posse emi minas,

    Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 111:

    nummorum Philippum ad tria milia,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 115; sometimes with quasi added:

    quasi ad quadraginta minas,

    as it were about, id. Most. 3, 1, 95; so Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 93:

    sane frequentes fuimus omnino ad ducentos,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1:

    cum annos ad quadraginta natus esset,

    id. Clu. 40, 110:

    ad hominum milia decem,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 4:

    oppida numero ad duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos,

    id. ib. 1, 5.—In the histt. and post-Aug. authors ad is added adverbially in this sense (contrary to Gr. usage, by which amphi, peri, and eis with numerals retain their power as prepositions): ad binum milium numero utrinque sauciis factis, Sisenn. ap. Non. 80, 4:

    occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 33:

    ad duorum milium numero ceciderunt,

    id. B. C. 3, 53:

    ad duo milia et trecenti occisi,

    Liv. 10, 17, 8; so id. 27, 12, 16; Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Rudd. II. p. 334.—
    2.
    The terminus, the limit, to, unto, even to, a designated number (rare):

    ranam luridam conicere in aquam usque quo ad tertiam partem decoxeris,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 26; cf. App. Herb. 41:

    aedem Junonis ad partem dimidiam detegit,

    even to the half, Liv. 42, 3, 2:

    miles (viaticum) ad assem perdiderat,

    to a farthing, to the last farthing, Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 27; Plin. Ep. 1, 15:

    quid ad denarium solveretur,

    Cic. Quint. 4.—The phrase omnes ad unum or ad unum omnes, or simply ad unum, means lit. all to one, i. e. all together, all without exception; Gr. hoi kath hena pantes (therefore the gender of unum is changed according to that of omnes): praetor omnes extra castra, ut stercus, foras ejecit ad unum, Lucil. ap. Non. 394, 22:

    de amicitia omnes ad unum idem sentiunt,

    Cic. Lael. 23:

    ad unum omnes cum ipso duce occisi sunt,

    Curt. 4, 1, 22 al.:

    naves Rhodias afflixit ita, ut ad unam omnes constratae eliderentur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 27; onerariae omnes ad unam a nobis sunt exceptae, Cic. Fam. 12, 14 (cf. in Gr. hoi kath hena; in Hebr., Exod. 14, 28).— Ad unum without omnes:

    ego eam sententiam dixi, cui sunt assensi ad unum,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 16:

    Juppiter omnipotens si nondum exosus ad unum Trojanos,

    Verg. A. 5, 687.
    D.
    In the manifold relations of one object to another.
    1.
    That in respect of or in regard to which a thing avails, happens, or is true or important, with regard to, in respect of, in relation to, as to, to, in.
    a.
    With verbs:

    ad omnia alia aetate sapimus rectius,

    in respect to all other things we grow wiser by age, Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 45:

    numquam ita quisquam bene ad vitam fuat,

    id. ib. 5, 4, 1:

    nil ibi libatum de toto corpore (mortui) cernas ad speciem, nil ad pondus,

    that nothing is lost in form or weight, Lucr. 3, 214; cf. id. 5, 570; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 58; id. Mur. 13, 29: illi regi Cyro subest, ad immutandi animi licentiam, crudelissimus ille Phalaris, in that Cyrus, in regard to the liberty of changing his disposition (i. e. not in reality, but inasmuch as he is at liberty to lay aside his good character, and assume that of a tyrant), there is concealed another cruel Phalaris, Cic. Rep. 1, 28:

    nil est ad nos,

    is nothing to us, concerns us not, Lucr. 3, 830; 3, 845:

    nil ad me attinet,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 54:

    nihil ad rem pertinet,

    Cic. Caecin. 58;

    and in the same sense elliptically: nihil ad Epicurum,

    id. Fin. 1, 2, 5; id. Pis. 68:

    Quid ad praetorem?

    id. Verr. 1, 116 (this usage is not to be confounded with that under 4.).—
    b.
    With adjectives:

    ad has res perspicax,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:

    virum ad cetera egregium,

    Liv. 37, 7, 15:

    auxiliaribus ad pugnam non multum Crassus confidebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 25:

    ejus frater aliquantum ad rem est avidior,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51; cf. id. And. 1, 2, 21; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:

    ut sit potior, qui prior ad dandum est,

    id. Phorm. 3, 2, 48:

    difficilis (res) ad credendum,

    Lucr. 2, 1027:

    ad rationem sollertiamque praestantior,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 62; so id. Leg. 2, 13, 33; id. Fin. 2, 20, 63; id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; id. Font. 15; id. Cat. 1, 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 25, 113; 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 200; id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; Liv. 9, 16, 13; Tac. A. 12, 54 al.—
    c.
    With nouns:

    prius quam tuum, ut sese habeat, animum ad nuptias perspexerit,

    before he knew your feeling in regard to the marriage, Ter. And. 2, 3, 4 (cf. Gr. hopôs echei tis pros ti):

    mentis ad omnia caecitas,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 11:

    magna vis est fortunae in utramque partem vel ad secundas res vel ad adversas,

    id. Off. 2, 6; so id. Par. 1:

    ad cetera paene gemelli,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 3.—So with acc. of gerund instead of the gen. from the same vb.:

    facultas ad scribendum, instead of scribendi,

    Cic. Font. 6;

    facultas ad agendum,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 1, 2: cf. Rudd. II. p. 245.—
    d.
    In gramm.: nomina ad aliquid dicta, nouns used in relation to something, i. e. which derive their significance from their relation to another object: quae non possunt intellegi sola, ut pater, mater;

    jungunt enim sibi et illa propter quae intelleguntur,

    Charis. 129 P.; cf. Prisc. 580 ib.—
    2.
    With words denoting measure, weight, manner, model, rule, etc., both prop. and fig., according to, agreeably to, after (Gr. kata, pros):

    columnas ad perpendiculum exigere,

    Cic. Mur. 77:

    taleis ferreis ad certum pondus examinatis,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 12: facta sunt ad certam formam. Lucr. 2, 379:

    ad amussim non est numerus,

    Varr. 2, 1, 26:

    ad imaginem facere,

    Vulg. Gen. 1, 26:

    ad cursus lunae describit annum,

    Liv. 1, 19:

    omnia ad diem facta sunt,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 5:

    Id ad similitudinem panis efficiebant,

    id. B. C. 3, 48; Vulg. Gen. 1, 26; id. Jac. 3, 9:

    ad aequos flexus,

    at equal angles, Lucr. 4, 323: quasi ad tornum levantur, to or by the lathe, id. 4, 361:

    turres ad altitudiem valli,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 42; Liv. 39, 6:

    ad eandem crassitudinem structi,

    id. 44, 11:

    ad speciem cancellorum scenicorum,

    with the appearance of, like, Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 8:

    stagnum maris instar, circumseptum aedificiis ad urbium speciem,

    Suet. Ner. 31:

    lascivum pecus ludens ad cantum,

    Liv. Andron. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 1:

    canere ad tibiam,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 2: canere ad tibicinem, id. ib. 1, 2 (cf.:

    in numerum ludere,

    Verg. E. 6, 28; id. G. 4, 175):

    quod ad Aristophanis lucernam lucubravi,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 9 Mull.: carmen castigare ad unguem, to perfection (v. unguis), Hor. A. P. 294:

    ad unguem factus homo,

    a perfect gentleman, id. S. 1, 5, 32 (cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 86):

    ad istorum normam sapientes,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 18; id. Mur. 3:

    Cyrus non ad historiae fidem scriptus, sed ad effigiem justi imperii,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    exercemur in venando ad similitudinem bellicae disciplinae,

    id. N. D. 2, 64, 161: so,

    ad simulacrum,

    Liv. 40, 6:

    ad Punica ingenia,

    id. 21, 22:

    ad L. Crassi eloquentiam,

    Cic. Var. Fragm. 8:

    omnia fient ad verum,

    Juv. 6, 324:

    quid aut ad naturam aut contra sit,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 9, 30:

    ad hunc modum institutus est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 3; Caes. B. G. 2, 31; 3, 13:

    ad eundem istunc modum,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 70:

    quem ad modum, q. v.: ad istam faciem est morbus, qui me macerat,

    of that kind, Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 73; id. Merc. 2, 3, 90; cf.

    91: cujus ad arbitrium copia materiai cogitur,

    Lucr. 2, 281:

    ad eorum arbitrium et nutum totos se fingunt,

    to their will and pleasure, Cic. Or. 8, 24; id. Quint. 71:

    ad P. Lentuli auctoritatem Roma contendit,

    id. Rab. Post. 21:

    aliae sunt legati partes, aliae imperatoris: alter omnia agere ad praescriptum, alter libere ad summam rerum consulere debet,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 51:

    rebus ad voluntatem nostram fluentibus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26:

    rem ad illorum libidinem judicarunt,

    id. Font. 36:

    ad vulgi opinionem,

    id. Off. 3, 21.—So in later Lat. with instar:

    ad instar castrorum,

    Just. 36, 3, 2:

    scoparum,

    App. M. 9, p. 232:

    speculi,

    id. ib. 2, p. 118: ad hoc instar mundi, id. de Mundo, p. 72.—Sometimes, but very rarely, ad is used absol. in this sense (so also very rarely kata with acc., Xen. Hell. 2, 3; Luc. Dial. Deor. 8): convertier ad nos, as we (are turned), Lucr. 4, 317:

    ad navis feratur,

    like ships, id. 4, 897 Munro. —With noun:

    ad specus angustiac vallium,

    like caves, Caes. B. C. 3, 49.—Hence,
    3.
    With an object which is the cause or reason, in conformity to which, from which, or for which, any thing is or is done.
    a.
    The moving cause, according to, at, on, in consequence of:

    cetera pars animae paret et ad numen mentis momenque movetur,

    Lucr. 3, 144:

    ad horum preces in Boeotiam duxit,

    on their entreaty, Liv. 42, 67, 12: ad ea Caesar veniam ipsique et conjugi et fratribus tribuit, in consequence of or upon this, he, etc., Tac. Ann. 12, 37.—
    b.
    The final cause, or the object, end, or aim, for the attainment of which any thing,
    (α).
    is done,
    (β).
    is designed, or,
    (γ).
    is fitted or adapted (very freq.), to, for, in order to.
    (α).
    Seque ad ludos jam inde abhinc exerceant, Pac. ap. Charis. p. 175 P. (Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 80):

    venimus coctum ad nuptias,

    in order to cook for the wedding, Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 15:

    omnis ad perniciem instructa domus,

    id. Bacch. 3, 1, 6; cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 41; Liv. 1, 54:

    cum fingis falsas causas ad discordiam,

    in order to produce dissension, Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 71:

    quantam fenestram ad nequitiam patefeceris,

    id. Heaut. 3, 1, 72:

    utrum ille, qui postulat legatum ad tantum bellum, quem velit, idoneus non est, qui impetret, cum ceteri ad expilandos socios diripiendasque provincias, quos voluerunt, legatos eduxerint,

    Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 19, 57:

    ego vitam quoad putabo tua interesse, aut ad spem servandam esse, retinebo,

    for hope, id. Q. Fr. 1, 4; id. Fam. 5, 17:

    haec juventutem, ubi familiares opes defecerant, ad facinora incendebant,

    Sall. C. 13, 4:

    ad speciem atque ad usurpationem vetustatis,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 12, 31; Suet. Caes. 67:

    paucis ad speciem tabernaculis relictis,

    for appearance, Caes. B. C. 2, 35; so id. ib. 2, 41; id. B. G. 1, 51.—
    (β).
    Aut equos alere aut canes ad venandum. Ter. And. 1, 1, 30:

    ingenio egregie ad miseriam natus sum,

    id. Heaut. 3, 1, 11;

    (in the same sense: in rem,

    Hor. C. 1, 27, 1, and the dat., Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 6):

    ad cursum equum, ad arandum bovem, ad indagandum canem,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 13, 40:

    ad frena leones,

    Verg. A. 10, 253:

    delecto ad naves milite,

    marines, Liv. 22, 19 Weissenb.:

    servos ad remum,

    rowers, id. 34, 6; and:

    servos ad militiam emendos,

    id. 22, 61, 2:

    comparasti ad lecticam homines,

    Cat. 10, 16:

    Lygdamus ad cyathos,

    Prop. 4, 8, 37; cf.:

    puer ad cyathum statuetur,

    Hor. C. 1, 29, 8.—
    (γ).
    Quae oportet Signa esse [p. 29] ad salutem, omnia huic osse video, everything indicative of prosperity I see in him, Ter. And. 3, 2, 2:

    haec sunt ad virtutem omnia,

    id. Heaut. 1, 2, 33:

    causa ad objurgandum,

    id. And. 1, 1, 123:

    argumentum ad scribendum,

    Cic. Att. 9, 7 (in both examples instead of the gen. of gerund., cf. Rudd. II. p. 245):

    vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,

    Cato R. R. 125:

    nulla res tantum ad dicendum proficit, quantum scriptio,

    Cic. Brut. 24:

    reliquis rebus, quae sunt ad incendia,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101 al. —So with the adjectives idoneus, utilis, aptus, instead of the dat.:

    homines ad hanc rem idoneos,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 6:

    calcei habiles et apti ad pedem,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 231:

    orator aptus tamen ad dicendum,

    id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5:

    sus est ad vescendum hominibus apta,

    id. N. D. 2, 64, 160:

    homo ad nullam rem utilis,

    id. Off. 3, 6:

    ad segetes ingeniosus ager,

    Ov. F. 4, 684.—(Upon the connection of ad with the gerund. v. Zumpt, § 666; Rudd. II. p. 261.)—
    4.
    Comparison (since that with which a thing is compared is considered as an object to which the thing compared is brought near for the sake of comparison), to, compared to or with, in comparison with:

    ad sapientiam hujus ille (Thales) nimius nugator fuit,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 25; id. Trin. 3, 2, 100:

    ne comparandus hic quidem ad illum'st,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 14; 2, 3, 69:

    terra ad universi caeli complexum,

    compared with the whole extent of the heavens, Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    homini non ad cetera Punica ingenia callido,

    Liv. 22, 22, 15:

    at nihil ad nostram hanc,

    nothing in comparison with, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 70; so Cic. Deiot. 8, 24; and id. de Or. 2, 6, 25.
    E.
    Adverbial phrases with ad.
    1.
    Ad omnia, withal, to crown all:

    ingentem vim peditum equitumque venire: ex India elephantos: ad omnia tantum advehi auri, etc.,

    Liv. 35, 32, 4.—
    2.
    Ad hoc and ad haec (in the historians, esp. from the time of Livy, and in authors after the Aug. per.), = praeterea, insuper, moreover, besides, in addition, epi toutois:

    nam quicumque impudicus, adulter, ganeo, etc.: praeterea omnes undique parricidae, etc.: ad hoc, quos manus atque lingua perjurio aut sanguine civili alebat: postremo omnes, quos, etc.,

    Sall. C. 14, 2 and 3:

    his opinionibus inflato animo, ad hoc vitio quoque ingenii vehemens,

    Liv. 6, 11, 6; 42, 1, 1; Tac. H. 1, 6; Suet. Aug. 22 al.—
    3.
    Ad id quod, beside that (very rare):

    ad id quod sua sponte satis conlectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,

    Liv. 3, 62, 1; so 44, 37, 12.—
    4.
    Ad tempus.
    a.
    At a definite, fixed time, Cic. Att. 13, 45; Liv. 38, 25, 3.—
    b.
    At a fit, appropriate time, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 54, § 141; Liv. 1, 7, 13.—
    c.
    For some time, for a short time, Cic. Off. 1, 8, 27; id. Lael. 15, 53; Liv. 21, 25, 14.—
    d.
    According to circumstances, Cic. Planc. 30, 74; id. Cael. 6, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9.—
    5.
    Ad praesens (for the most part only in post-Aug. writers).
    a.
    For the moment, for a short time, Cic. Fam. 12, 8; Plin. 8, 22, 34; Tac. A. 4, 21.—
    b.
    At present, now, Tac. A. 16, 5; id. H. 1, 44.—So, ad praesentiam, Tac. A. 11, 8.—
    6.
    Ad locum, on the spot:

    ut ad locum miles esset paratus,

    Liv. 27, 27, 2.—
    7.
    Ad verbum, word for word, literally, Cic. Fin. 1, 2, 4; id. de Or. 1, 34, 157; id. Ac. 2, 44, 135 al.—
    8.
    Ad summam.
    a.
    On the whole, generally, in general, Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3; id. Att. 14, 1; Suet. Aug. 71.—
    b.
    In a word, in short, Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 106. —
    9.
    Ad extremum, ad ultimum, ad postremum.
    a.
    At the end, finally, at last.
    (α).
    Of place, at the extremity, extreme point, top, etc.:

    missile telum hastili abiegno et cetera tereti, praeterquam ad extremum, unde ferrum exstabat,

    Liv. 21, 8, 10.—
    (β).
    Of time = telos de, at last, finally:

    ibi ad postremum cedit miles,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 52; so id. Poen. 4, 2, 22; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Phil. 13, 20, 45; Caes. B. G. 7, 53; Liv. 30, 15, 4 al.— Hence,
    (γ).
    of order, finally, lastly, = denique: inventa componere; tum ornare oratione; post memoria sepire;

    ad extremum agere cum dignitate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142.—
    b.
    In Liv., to the last degree, quite: improbus homo, sed non ad extremum perditus, 23, 2, 3; cf.:

    consilii scelerati, sed non ad ultimum dementis,

    id. 28, 28, 8.—
    10.
    Quem ad finem? To what limit? How far? Cic. Cat. 1, 1; id. Verr. 5, 75.—
    11.
    Quem ad modum, v. sub h. v.
    ► a.
    Ad (v. ab, ex, in, etc.) is not repeated like some other prepositions with interrog. and relative pronouns, after nouns or demonstrative pronouns:

    traducis cogitationes meas ad voluptates. Quas? corporis credo,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37 (ubi v. Kuhner).—
    b.
    Ad is sometimes placed after its substantive:

    quam ad,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 39:

    senatus, quos ad soleret, referendum censuit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 4:

    ripam ad Araxis,

    Tac. Ann. 12, 51;

    or between subst. and adj.: augendam ad invidiam,

    id. ib. 12, 8.—
    c.
    The compound adque for et ad (like exque, eque, and, poet., aque) is denied by Moser, Cic. Rep. 2, 15, p. 248, and he reads instead of ad humanitatem adque mansuetudinem of the MSS., hum. atque mans. But adque, in acc. with later usage, is restored by Hand in App. M. 10, p. 247, adque haec omnia oboediebam for atque; and in Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 9, utroque vorsum rectum'st ingenium meum, ad se adque illum, is now read, ad te atque ad illum (Fleck., Brix).
    II.
    In composition.
    A.
    Form. According to the usual orthography, the d of the ad remains unchanged before vowels, and before b, d, h, m, v: adbibo, adduco, adhibeo, admoveo, advenio; it is assimilated to c, f, g, l, n, p, r, s, t: accipio, affigo, aggero, allabor, annumero, appello, arripio, assumo, attineo; before g and s it sometimes disappears: agnosco, aspicio, asto: and before qu it passes into c: acquiro, acquiesco.—But later philologists, supported by old inscriptions and good MSS., have mostly adopted the following forms: ad before j, h, b, d, f, m, n, q, v; ac before c, sometimes, but less well, before q; ag and also ad before g; a before gn, sp, sc, st; ad and also al before l; ad rather than an before n; ap and sometimes ad before p; ad and also ar before r; ad and also as before s; at and sometimes ad before t. In this work the old orthography has commonly been retained for the sake of convenient reference, but the better form in any case is indicated.—
    B.
    Signif. In English up often denotes approach, and in many instances will give the force of ad as a prefix both in its local and in its figurative sense.
    1.
    Local.
    a.
    To, toward: affero, accurro, accipio ( to one's self).—
    b.
    At, by: astare, adesse.—
    c.
    On, upon, against: accumbo, attero.—
    d.
    Up (cf. de- = down, as in deicio, decido): attollo, ascendo, adsurgo.—
    2.
    Fig.
    a.
    To: adjudico, adsentior.—
    b.
    At or on: admiror, adludo.—
    c.
    Denoting conformity to, or comparison with: affiguro, adaequo.—
    d.
    Denoting addition, increase (cf. ab, de, and ex as prefixes to denote privation): addoceo, adposco.—
    e.
    Hence, denoting intensity: adamo, adimpleo, aduro, and perhaps agnosco.—
    f.
    Denoting the coming to an act or state, and hence commencement: addubito, addormio, adquiesco, adlubesco, advesperascit. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 74-134.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ad

  • 3 como extraños

    adv.
    like strangers, as strangers, like ships that pass in the night.

    Spanish-English dictionary > como extraños

  • 4 como barcos que se cruzan (en la noche)

    Ex. The relationship doesn't really exist if you and your partner treat each other like passing ships in the night.

    Spanish-English dictionary > como barcos que se cruzan (en la noche)

  • 5 como barcos que se cruzan (en la oscuridad)

    Ex. The relationship doesn't really exist if you and your partner treat each other like passing ships in the night.

    Spanish-English dictionary > como barcos que se cruzan (en la oscuridad)

  • 6 como

    adv.
    1 as.
    lo he hecho como es debido I did it as o the way it should be done
    me encanta como bailas I love the way you dance
    lo hagamos como lo hagamos habrá problemas whichever way we do it there'll be problems
    2 as.
    como te decía ayer… as I was telling you yesterday…
    3 as.
    trabaja como bombero he works as a fireman
    dieron el dinero como anticipo they gave the money as an advance
    me quedan como mil pesos I've got about a thousand pesos left
    estamos como a mitad de camino we're about half-way there
    tiene un sabor como a naranja it tastes a bit like an orange
    5 like, as, such as, qua.
    6 how, in which way.
    7 some.
    Pesa como cien libras It weighs some hundred pounds.
    conj.
    1 as, since (ya que).
    como no llegabas, nos fuimos as o since you didn't arrive, we left
    2 if (si). (peninsular Spanish)
    como no me hagas caso, lo pasarás mal if you don't listen to me, there will be trouble
    3 that (que).
    después de tantas veces como te lo he explicado after all the times (that) I've explained it to you
    prep.
    1 like, as, just like, such as.
    Te di esto en condición de préstamo I gave this to you as a loan.
    2 as to.
    3 how to.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: comer.
    * * *
    1 (modo) how
    2 (comparación) as, like
    2 (si) if
    ■ como lo vuelvas a hacer... if you do it again...
    3 (porque) as, since
    \
    como quiera que (no importa cómo) however 2 (ya que) since, as, inasmuch as
    como sea whatever happens, no matter what
    como si lo viera familiar I can imagine perfectly well
    como si nada / como si tal cosa as if nothing had happened
    hacer como quien to pretend to +inf
    hacer como si to pretend to +inf
    tanto como eso no familiar not as much as that
    * * *
    1. conj.
    1) as
    2) like
    3) if
    4) since, given that
    2. prep.
    as, like
    * * *
    1. ADV
    1) [indicando semejanza] like
    2) [introduciendo ejemplo] such as

    hay peces, como truchas y salmones — there are fish, such as trout and salmon

    tiene ventajas, como son la resistencia y durabilidad — it has advantages, such as o like strength and durability

    3) [indicando modo]
    a) + indic

    hazlo como te dijo ella — do it like * o the way she told you

    toca como canta — she plays like * o the same way as she sings

    no es como me lo imaginaba — it isn't as o like * I imagined it

    • tal como, tal como lo había planeado — just as o the way I had planned it

    b) + subjun

    hazlo como puedas — do your best, do the best you can

    • como sea — at all costs

    4) (=en calidad de) as
    5) (=más o menos) about, around

    sentía como tristeza — she felt a sort o kind of sadness

    6) [con valor causal]
    2. CONJ
    1) + indic (=ya que) as, since

    como no tenía dinero — as o since I had no money

    2) + indic (=según) as

    • tal (y) como están las cosas — the way things are, as things stand

    tal como están los precios de las motos... — with motorbike prices as they are at the moment...

    3) + indic (=cuando) as soon as
    4) + indic
    (=que)

    verás como les ganamos — we'll beat them, you'll see

    • de tanto como, tienen las manos doloridas de tanto como aplaudieron — they clapped so much their hands hurt

    de tanto como odio a los dos, no sé a quien odio más — I hate them both so much, I don't know which I hate the most

    5) + subjun (=si) if

    como vengas tarde, no comes — if you're late you'll get nothing to eat

    como sea cierto, ¡estamos perdidos! — if it's true, we're done for!

    ¡como lo pierdas! — you'd better not lose it!, don't you lose it!

    • como no, como no lo haga en seguida... — if he doesn't do it at once..., unless he does it at once...

    no salimos, como no sea para ir al cine — we only go out if it's to go to the cinema, we don't go out unless it's to go to the cinema

    6)

    • como que — as if

    ¡como que yo soy tonto y me creo esas mentiras! — as if I was stupid enough to believe lies like that!

    ¡como que te van a pagar! — don't tell me they're going to pay you!

    7)

    • como si — as if, as though

    siguió leyendo, como si no hubiera oído nada — he kept on reading, as if o as though he hadn't heard

    sentí como si fuera a caerme — I felt as if o as though I was about to fall

    como si no hubiera pasado nada — as if o as though nothing had happened

    se comporta como si me odiara — he behaves as if o as though he hated me

    como si fuera a llover — as if o as though it was going to rain

    8)

    • como para, ¡es como para denunciarlos! — it's enough to make you want to report them to the police!

    9) CAm, Méx

    a como dé o diera lugar — at any cost

    así 1., 5), pronto 1., 4), querer 2., 1)
    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) ( en calidad de) as

    el director tendrá como funciones... — the director's duties will be...

    se la conoce como `flor de luz' — it's known as `flor de luz'

    c) ( por ejemplo) like
    2) (en comparaciones, contrastes) like

    fue ella, como que me llamo Beatriz — it was her, as sure as my name's Beatriz

    bailó como nunca — she danced as o like she'd never danced before

    como para + inf: es como para echarse a llorar it's enough to make you want to cry; fue como para pegarle — I could have hit him

    así como — (frml) as well as

    como él solo/ella sola: es egoísta como él solo he's so o he's incredibly selfish!; como mucho/poco at (the) most/at least; como nadie: cocina como nadie nobody cooks like her; como que...: conduce muy bien - como que es piloto de carreras he drives very well - well, he is a racing driver, after all; y no me lo dijiste - como que no lo sabía! and you didn't tell me about it - that's because I didn't know about it!; como ser (CS) such as, for example; como si (+ subj) as if, as though; ella está grave y él como si nada or como si tal cosa — she's seriously ill and he doesn't seem at all o in the least worried

    II

    (tal y) como están las cosas — as things stand; (+ subj)

    hazlo como quieras/como puedas — do it any way you like/as best as you can

    la buganvilla, o como quiera que se llame — bougainvillea or whatever it's called

    2) ( puesto que) as, since

    como era temprano, nos fuimos a dar una vuelta — since o as it was early, we went for a walk

    3) (si) (+ subj) if

    como te pille... — if I catch you...

    cansado como estaba, me ayudó — tired though o tired as he was, he helped me

    5) ( que)

    vas a ver como llega tarde — he'll be late, you'll see

    III
    2) ( uso expletivo) kind of (colloq)

    me da como vergüenza... — I find it kind of embarrassing...

    * * *
    = as, by way of, for the purpose of + Nombre, how, in the guise of, just as, like, qua, much as, as a kind of, as serving as, along the lines of, in + Posesivo + capacity as, such as, kind of like.
    Ex. This scheme aims for a more helpful order than the major schemes, by following the groupings of subjects as they are taught in schools.
    Ex. An annotation is a note added to the title and/or other bibliographic information concerning a document, by way of comment or explanation.
    Ex. Taking the second situation for the purpose of illustration, there are four options for choice of title.
    Ex. Inevitably any abridgement poses the dilemma how to abridge, that is, what to leave out and what to include.
    Ex. Further, these indexers are probably so familiar with their subject area that, they whether in the guise of indexer or searcher, will profit little from any additional guides to relationships.
    Ex. Just as Ivan finds that by taking pleasure in an extra piece of food he makes survival possible and beats Stalin and his jailors at heir own game.
    Ex. Thus, the computer-held term record files are most suitable for applications like Selective Dissemination of Information (SDI) systems.
    Ex. Such a concept came as a great surprise to many information educators who rather dismissively regarded the information qua information field of activity as being too limited.
    Ex. More studies are needed to identify the full temporal effects of the personal computer, much as they did for television.
    Ex. In a way, it is acting as a kind of bridge between the two, permitting traffic both ways where once there was a divide.
    Ex. 45 libraries have been unofficially recognised by librarians as serving as model children's libraries.
    Ex. The author considers the possibility of a shift from libraries to personal information service along the lines of the shift that has occured from public to private transport.
    Ex. Strange that so helpful and charming a person in his capacity as a librarian could behave so monstrously; but behave thus he did.
    Ex. Indicative abstracts abound in phrases such as 'is discussed' or 'has been surveyed', but do not record the outcome of the discussion or survey.
    Ex. It's kind of like trumping in public -- You simply do not do it!.
    ----
    * ¡cómo se nota que no está el jefe! = while the cat's away, the mice will play.
    * aducir como evidencia = adduce as + evidence.
    * algo así como = something like.
    * añádase cómo = expand like.
    * así como = as, as well as.
    * así como así = just like that.
    * así como... de igual modo... = just as... so....
    * así es como = this is how.
    * así es como es = that's how it is.
    * caer como moscas = drop like + flies.
    * como aclaración = in parenthesis.
    * como algo natural = as a matter of course.
    * como algo normal = as a matter of course.
    * como algo opuesto a = as against.
    * como algo residual = residually.
    * como alternativa = as an alternative.
    * como anillo al dedo = just the ticket, the right twigs for an eagle's nest, perfect fit, perfect match, that's the ticket!.
    * como antes = as before.
    * como apoyo a = in support of.
    * como barcos que se cruzan (en la noche) = like passing ships (in the night).
    * como barcos que se cruzan (en la oscuridad) = like passing ships (in the night).
    * como base para = as a basis for.
    * como cabe esperar = unsurprisingly, as one might expect, as expected.
    * como cabía esperar = as expected.
    * como cabría esperar = as might be expected, as one might expect.
    * como cabría suponer = as might be expected.
    * como consecuencia = on this basis, on that basis, in doing so, in consequence, in accordance.
    * como consecuencia (de) = as a result (of), in the wake of, as a consequence (of).
    * cómo conseguir = obtainability.
    * como con todo en la vida = as with everything in life.
    * como contrapartida = in return.
    * como cooperativa = collegially.
    * como corresponde = fittingly.
    * como corresponde a = as befits.
    * como cuando + Indicativo = as in + Gerundio.
    * como de costumbre = as usual, as always, according to normal practice.
    * cómo demonios = how on earth.
    * como dice el dicho = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.
    * como dice el refrán = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.
    * como diferente a = as distinct from.
    * cómo disponer de (algo) = disposition.
    * como dos gotas de agua = as alike as two peas in a pod, like two peas in a pod.
    * como ejemplo = as an example, by way of illustration.
    * como el cuero = leathery.
    * como el desierto = desert-like.
    * como el día y la noche = worlds apart, like oil and water, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.
    * como el fuego = like wildfire.
    * como el perro del hortelano que ni come ni deja comer = a dog in the manger.
    * como en casa = like home (away) from home.
    * como en casa no se está en ningún sitio = there's no place like home.
    * como en el caso de = as with, just as for, as in the case of.
    * como era de esperar = as expected.
    * como es debido = fittingly.
    * como es de esperar = predictably, not surprisingly, as expected.
    * como es el caso de = as it is with, as with.
    * como es habitual = as always.
    * como es natural = not unnaturally.
    * como es normal = as always.
    * como esto = like this.
    * como fecha final = at the very latest.
    * como forma de vida = as a way of life.
    * como grogui = drowsily, groggily.
    * como grupo = collectively.
    * como guía = for guidance.
    * como la noche y el día = like oil and water, worlds apart, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.
    * como la pólvora = like wildfire.
    * como las ardillas = squirrel-like.
    * como las empresas = business-like.
    * como loca = like a madwoman.
    * como loco = like hell, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, like a madman.
    * como medida de seguridad = as a backup.
    * como medida provisional = as an interim measure.
    * como medida temporal = as an interim measure.
    * como medida transitoria = as an interim measure.
    * como mejor + poder = as best + Pronombre + can.
    * como mínimo = at least, conservatively, at a minimum.
    * como mínimo hasta que = minimally until.
    * como mucho = at best, at most, if at all, at the most, at the very latest.
    * como muestra de agradecimiento = as a token of thanks.
    * como muestra de + Posesivo + agradecimiento = as a token of + Posesivo + appreciation.
    * como muestra de + Posesivo + gratitud = as a token of + Posesivo + gratitude.
    * como muy tarde = at the latest.
    * como norma = as a rule, as a matter of policy.
    * como norma general = as a rule of thumb, as a general rule, as a general rule of thumb, as a rough guide.
    * cómo nos las ingeniamos para... = how in the world....
    * como nota al margen = on a sidenote.
    * como nuevo = in mint condition, in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.
    * como ocurre en estos casos = as is the way with these things.
    * como + ocurrir + en el caso de = as + be + the case for.
    * como opuesto a = as distinct from, as opposed to.
    * como otra posibilidad = as an alternative.
    * ¡como para creérselo! = Posesivo + famous last words.
    * como parásito = parasitically.
    * como persona que = as one who.
    * como pez fuera del agua = like a fish out of water.
    * como polo opuesto = by polar contrast.
    * como por arte de magia = magically, into thin air.
    * como por ejemplo = such as, to the effect of.
    * como por encanto = magically.
    * como poseído = as one possessed.
    * como preámbulo de = as a preamble to.
    * como primera elección = as a first preference.
    * como prueba de = as a token of, as a sign of.
    * como prueba de agradecimiento = as a token of thanks.
    * como prueba de + Posesivo + agradecimiento = as a token of + Posesivo + appreciation.
    * como prueba de + Posesivo + gratitud = as a token of + Posesivo + gratitude.
    * como pruebas = in evidence, in evidence.
    * como quiera que + Verbo = however + Verbo.
    * como quieras llamarlo = whatever you call it.
    * como reconocimiento a = in recognition of.
    * como respuesta a = in reply to, in response to.
    * como resultado = in consequence, on this basis, on that basis, in doing so.
    * como resultado (de) = as a consequence (of).
    * como salido de fábrica = in mint condition.
    * como segunda alternativa = as a backup.
    * como se indicó en = as was pointed out in.
    * como señal de agradecimiento = as a token of thanks.
    * como señal de + Posesivo + agradecimiento = as a token of + Posesivo + appreciation.
    * como señal de + Posesivo + gratitud = as a token of + Posesivo + gratitude.
    * cómo + ser = what + be like.
    * como si = as though.
    * como si dijéramos = as it were.
    * como siempre = as always.
    * como si fuese = as it were.
    * como siga así = at this rate.
    * como sigue = as follows.
    * como símbolo de = as a token of, as a sign of.
    * como si nada = be right as rain, unfazed.
    * como si no hubiera mañana = like there's no tomorrow.
    * como si + Pronombre + fuese la vida en ello = like there's no tomorrow.
    * como si se acabara el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.
    * como si se fuese a acabar el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.
    * como si se + Pronombre + hubiera tragado la tierra = into thin air.
    * como si (se tratase de) = as if.
    * como si tal cosa = be right as rain, unfazed, just like that.
    * como sustituto de = in place of.
    * como tal = as such, in this capacity, qua.
    * como término medio = on average.
    * como todo un caballero = sportingly.
    * como último recurso = as a last resort, in the last resort.
    * como una aguja en un pajar = like a needle in a haystack.
    * como una balsa de aceite = like a millpond, calm like a millpond.
    * como una cabra = stark raving mad, raving mad.
    * como una cebolla = onion-like.
    * como una condenada = like a madwoman.
    * como una descosida = like a madwoman.
    * como una forma de = as a means of.
    * como una metralladora = quick-fire.
    * como un basilisco = like a bear with a sore head.
    * como un bobo = stupidly.
    * como un bólido = like the clappers.
    * como un campo de batalla = like a war zone.
    * como un cencerro = barking mad, raving mad, stark raving mad.
    * como un condenado = like the clappers, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, like a madman, as one possessed.
    * como un descosido = like a lunatic, like a madman, as one possessed.
    * como un detective = detectivelike, sleuthlike.
    * como un elefante en una cacharrería = like an elephant in a china shop.
    * como un energúmeno = like a bear with a sore head.
    * como un estúpido = stupidly.
    * como un experto = expertly.
    * como un glaciar = glacially.
    * como unidad global = as a whole.
    * como un idiota = stupidly.
    * como un loca = like a madwoman.
    * como un loco = like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, madly, like a madman.
    * como un método para = as a means of.
    * como un modo de = as a way of.
    * como un necio = stupidly.
    * como un observador que pasa desapercibido = fly-on-the-wall, fly-on-the-wall.
    * cómo uno se identifica a sí mismo = self-identification.
    * como un platillo = saucer-like.
    * como un poseído = as one possessed.
    * como un rayo = in a flash.
    * como un reguero de pólvora = like wildfire.
    * como un relámpago = like greased lightning, like the clappers.
    * como un reloj = as regular as clockwork, like clockwork.
    * como un televisor = television-type.
    * como un todo = as a whole.
    * como un tonto = stupidly, foolishly.
    * como un torpe = foolishly.
    * como un zombi = zombielike.
    * como vivir en un escaparate = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.
    * como + Voz Pasiva = as + Participio Pasado.
    * como y cuando = as and when.
    * como y cuando sea + Adjetivo = as + Adjetivo.
    * comportarse como se espera = be a sport.
    * con el mismo + Nombre + como el que... = as + Adverbio + as....
    * conocerse como = be known as.
    * dar como resultado = result (in).
    * de cómo = as to how.
    * durante tanto tiempo como sea posible = for as long as possible.
    * el modo como = the way in which.
    * el problema no es el qué, sino el cómo = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * frase como encabezamiento = phrase heading.
    * llegar a ser conocido como = become + known as.
    * mantenerse como válido = hold up.
    * nada menos que + Nombre + tan + Adjetivo + como = no less + Adjetivo + Nombre + than.
    * no + haber + nada como = there + be + nothing like.
    * ofrecerse como voluntario = volunteer.
    * plan de cómo disponer de Algo = disposition instruction.
    * proponer como principio = posit.
    * sea como sea = be that as it may, at all costs, at any cost.
    * seleccionar como relevante = hit.
    * ser como hablar con la pared = be like talking to a brick wall.
    * ser tan buen momento como cualquier otro = be as good a time as any.
    * ser un momento tan bueno como cualquier otro = be as good a time as any.
    * tal como = such as, such + Nombre + as, just as.
    * tal y como aparece = as it/they stand(s).
    * tal y como es/son = as it/they stand(s).
    * tal y como + ser = in + Posesivo + true colours.
    * tan + Adjetivo + como = as + Adjetivo + as, every bit as + Adjetivo + as.
    * tan + Adjetivo + como de costumbre = as + Adjetivo + as ever.
    * tan + Adjetivo + como siempre = as + Adjetivo + as ever.
    * tan pronto como = as soon as, just as soon as, no sooner... than.
    * tan pronto como sea posible = as soon as possible (asap).
    * tanto como = as many... as..., as much as + Adjetivo, both... and..., no less than, equally, if not, so much as.
    * tanto como siempre = as much as ever.
    * tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.
    * tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.
    * tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective.
    * tomar como ejemplo = take.
    * un poco como = kind of like.
    * * *
    I
    1)
    a) ( en calidad de) as

    el director tendrá como funciones... — the director's duties will be...

    se la conoce como `flor de luz' — it's known as `flor de luz'

    c) ( por ejemplo) like
    2) (en comparaciones, contrastes) like

    fue ella, como que me llamo Beatriz — it was her, as sure as my name's Beatriz

    bailó como nunca — she danced as o like she'd never danced before

    como para + inf: es como para echarse a llorar it's enough to make you want to cry; fue como para pegarle — I could have hit him

    así como — (frml) as well as

    como él solo/ella sola: es egoísta como él solo he's so o he's incredibly selfish!; como mucho/poco at (the) most/at least; como nadie: cocina como nadie nobody cooks like her; como que...: conduce muy bien - como que es piloto de carreras he drives very well - well, he is a racing driver, after all; y no me lo dijiste - como que no lo sabía! and you didn't tell me about it - that's because I didn't know about it!; como ser (CS) such as, for example; como si (+ subj) as if, as though; ella está grave y él como si nada or como si tal cosa — she's seriously ill and he doesn't seem at all o in the least worried

    II

    (tal y) como están las cosas — as things stand; (+ subj)

    hazlo como quieras/como puedas — do it any way you like/as best as you can

    la buganvilla, o como quiera que se llame — bougainvillea or whatever it's called

    2) ( puesto que) as, since

    como era temprano, nos fuimos a dar una vuelta — since o as it was early, we went for a walk

    3) (si) (+ subj) if

    como te pille... — if I catch you...

    cansado como estaba, me ayudó — tired though o tired as he was, he helped me

    5) ( que)

    vas a ver como llega tarde — he'll be late, you'll see

    III
    2) ( uso expletivo) kind of (colloq)

    me da como vergüenza... — I find it kind of embarrassing...

    * * *
    = as, by way of, for the purpose of + Nombre, how, in the guise of, just as, like, qua, much as, as a kind of, as serving as, along the lines of, in + Posesivo + capacity as, such as, kind of like.

    Ex: This scheme aims for a more helpful order than the major schemes, by following the groupings of subjects as they are taught in schools.

    Ex: An annotation is a note added to the title and/or other bibliographic information concerning a document, by way of comment or explanation.
    Ex: Taking the second situation for the purpose of illustration, there are four options for choice of title.
    Ex: Inevitably any abridgement poses the dilemma how to abridge, that is, what to leave out and what to include.
    Ex: Further, these indexers are probably so familiar with their subject area that, they whether in the guise of indexer or searcher, will profit little from any additional guides to relationships.
    Ex: Just as Ivan finds that by taking pleasure in an extra piece of food he makes survival possible and beats Stalin and his jailors at heir own game.
    Ex: Thus, the computer-held term record files are most suitable for applications like Selective Dissemination of Information (SDI) systems.
    Ex: Such a concept came as a great surprise to many information educators who rather dismissively regarded the information qua information field of activity as being too limited.
    Ex: More studies are needed to identify the full temporal effects of the personal computer, much as they did for television.
    Ex: In a way, it is acting as a kind of bridge between the two, permitting traffic both ways where once there was a divide.
    Ex: 45 libraries have been unofficially recognised by librarians as serving as model children's libraries.
    Ex: The author considers the possibility of a shift from libraries to personal information service along the lines of the shift that has occured from public to private transport.
    Ex: Strange that so helpful and charming a person in his capacity as a librarian could behave so monstrously; but behave thus he did.
    Ex: Indicative abstracts abound in phrases such as 'is discussed' or 'has been surveyed', but do not record the outcome of the discussion or survey.
    Ex: It's kind of like trumping in public -- You simply do not do it!.
    * ¡cómo se nota que no está el jefe! = while the cat's away, the mice will play.
    * aducir como evidencia = adduce as + evidence.
    * algo así como = something like.
    * añádase cómo = expand like.
    * así como = as, as well as.
    * así como así = just like that.
    * así como... de igual modo... = just as... so....
    * así es como = this is how.
    * así es como es = that's how it is.
    * caer como moscas = drop like + flies.
    * como aclaración = in parenthesis.
    * como algo natural = as a matter of course.
    * como algo normal = as a matter of course.
    * como algo opuesto a = as against.
    * como algo residual = residually.
    * como alternativa = as an alternative.
    * como anillo al dedo = just the ticket, the right twigs for an eagle's nest, perfect fit, perfect match, that's the ticket!.
    * como antes = as before.
    * como apoyo a = in support of.
    * como barcos que se cruzan (en la noche) = like passing ships (in the night).
    * como barcos que se cruzan (en la oscuridad) = like passing ships (in the night).
    * como base para = as a basis for.
    * como cabe esperar = unsurprisingly, as one might expect, as expected.
    * como cabía esperar = as expected.
    * como cabría esperar = as might be expected, as one might expect.
    * como cabría suponer = as might be expected.
    * como consecuencia = on this basis, on that basis, in doing so, in consequence, in accordance.
    * como consecuencia (de) = as a result (of), in the wake of, as a consequence (of).
    * cómo conseguir = obtainability.
    * como con todo en la vida = as with everything in life.
    * como contrapartida = in return.
    * como cooperativa = collegially.
    * como corresponde = fittingly.
    * como corresponde a = as befits.
    * como cuando + Indicativo = as in + Gerundio.
    * como de costumbre = as usual, as always, according to normal practice.
    * cómo demonios = how on earth.
    * como dice el dicho = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.
    * como dice el refrán = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.
    * como diferente a = as distinct from.
    * cómo disponer de (algo) = disposition.
    * como dos gotas de agua = as alike as two peas in a pod, like two peas in a pod.
    * como ejemplo = as an example, by way of illustration.
    * como el cuero = leathery.
    * como el desierto = desert-like.
    * como el día y la noche = worlds apart, like oil and water, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.
    * como el fuego = like wildfire.
    * como el perro del hortelano que ni come ni deja comer = a dog in the manger.
    * como en casa = like home (away) from home.
    * como en casa no se está en ningún sitio = there's no place like home.
    * como en el caso de = as with, just as for, as in the case of.
    * como era de esperar = as expected.
    * como es debido = fittingly.
    * como es de esperar = predictably, not surprisingly, as expected.
    * como es el caso de = as it is with, as with.
    * como es habitual = as always.
    * como es natural = not unnaturally.
    * como es normal = as always.
    * como esto = like this.
    * como fecha final = at the very latest.
    * como forma de vida = as a way of life.
    * como grogui = drowsily, groggily.
    * como grupo = collectively.
    * como guía = for guidance.
    * como la noche y el día = like oil and water, worlds apart, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.
    * como la pólvora = like wildfire.
    * como las ardillas = squirrel-like.
    * como las empresas = business-like.
    * como loca = like a madwoman.
    * como loco = like hell, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, like a madman.
    * como medida de seguridad = as a backup.
    * como medida provisional = as an interim measure.
    * como medida temporal = as an interim measure.
    * como medida transitoria = as an interim measure.
    * como mejor + poder = as best + Pronombre + can.
    * como mínimo = at least, conservatively, at a minimum.
    * como mínimo hasta que = minimally until.
    * como mucho = at best, at most, if at all, at the most, at the very latest.
    * como muestra de agradecimiento = as a token of thanks.
    * como muestra de + Posesivo + agradecimiento = as a token of + Posesivo + appreciation.
    * como muestra de + Posesivo + gratitud = as a token of + Posesivo + gratitude.
    * como muy tarde = at the latest.
    * como norma = as a rule, as a matter of policy.
    * como norma general = as a rule of thumb, as a general rule, as a general rule of thumb, as a rough guide.
    * cómo nos las ingeniamos para... = how in the world....
    * como nota al margen = on a sidenote.
    * como nuevo = in mint condition, in tip-top condition, in tip-top form.
    * como ocurre en estos casos = as is the way with these things.
    * como + ocurrir + en el caso de = as + be + the case for.
    * como opuesto a = as distinct from, as opposed to.
    * como otra posibilidad = as an alternative.
    * ¡como para creérselo! = Posesivo + famous last words.
    * como parásito = parasitically.
    * como persona que = as one who.
    * como pez fuera del agua = like a fish out of water.
    * como polo opuesto = by polar contrast.
    * como por arte de magia = magically, into thin air.
    * como por ejemplo = such as, to the effect of.
    * como por encanto = magically.
    * como poseído = as one possessed.
    * como preámbulo de = as a preamble to.
    * como primera elección = as a first preference.
    * como prueba de = as a token of, as a sign of.
    * como prueba de agradecimiento = as a token of thanks.
    * como prueba de + Posesivo + agradecimiento = as a token of + Posesivo + appreciation.
    * como prueba de + Posesivo + gratitud = as a token of + Posesivo + gratitude.
    * como pruebas = in evidence, in evidence.
    * como quiera que + Verbo = however + Verbo.
    * como quieras llamarlo = whatever you call it.
    * como reconocimiento a = in recognition of.
    * como respuesta a = in reply to, in response to.
    * como resultado = in consequence, on this basis, on that basis, in doing so.
    * como resultado (de) = as a consequence (of).
    * como salido de fábrica = in mint condition.
    * como segunda alternativa = as a backup.
    * como se indicó en = as was pointed out in.
    * como señal de agradecimiento = as a token of thanks.
    * como señal de + Posesivo + agradecimiento = as a token of + Posesivo + appreciation.
    * como señal de + Posesivo + gratitud = as a token of + Posesivo + gratitude.
    * cómo + ser = what + be like.
    * como si = as though.
    * como si dijéramos = as it were.
    * como siempre = as always.
    * como si fuese = as it were.
    * como siga así = at this rate.
    * como sigue = as follows.
    * como símbolo de = as a token of, as a sign of.
    * como si nada = be right as rain, unfazed.
    * como si no hubiera mañana = like there's no tomorrow.
    * como si + Pronombre + fuese la vida en ello = like there's no tomorrow.
    * como si se acabara el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.
    * como si se fuese a acabar el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.
    * como si se + Pronombre + hubiera tragado la tierra = into thin air.
    * como si (se tratase de) = as if.
    * como si tal cosa = be right as rain, unfazed, just like that.
    * como sustituto de = in place of.
    * como tal = as such, in this capacity, qua.
    * como término medio = on average.
    * como todo un caballero = sportingly.
    * como último recurso = as a last resort, in the last resort.
    * como una aguja en un pajar = like a needle in a haystack.
    * como una balsa de aceite = like a millpond, calm like a millpond.
    * como una cabra = stark raving mad, raving mad.
    * como una cebolla = onion-like.
    * como una condenada = like a madwoman.
    * como una descosida = like a madwoman.
    * como una forma de = as a means of.
    * como una metralladora = quick-fire.
    * como un basilisco = like a bear with a sore head.
    * como un bobo = stupidly.
    * como un bólido = like the clappers.
    * como un campo de batalla = like a war zone.
    * como un cencerro = barking mad, raving mad, stark raving mad.
    * como un condenado = like the clappers, like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, like a madman, as one possessed.
    * como un descosido = like a lunatic, like a madman, as one possessed.
    * como un detective = detectivelike, sleuthlike.
    * como un elefante en una cacharrería = like an elephant in a china shop.
    * como un energúmeno = like a bear with a sore head.
    * como un estúpido = stupidly.
    * como un experto = expertly.
    * como un glaciar = glacially.
    * como unidad global = as a whole.
    * como un idiota = stupidly.
    * como un loca = like a madwoman.
    * como un loco = like crazy, like mad, like a lunatic, madly, like a madman.
    * como un método para = as a means of.
    * como un modo de = as a way of.
    * como un necio = stupidly.
    * como un observador que pasa desapercibido = fly-on-the-wall, fly-on-the-wall.
    * cómo uno se identifica a sí mismo = self-identification.
    * como un platillo = saucer-like.
    * como un poseído = as one possessed.
    * como un rayo = in a flash.
    * como un reguero de pólvora = like wildfire.
    * como un relámpago = like greased lightning, like the clappers.
    * como un reloj = as regular as clockwork, like clockwork.
    * como un televisor = television-type.
    * como un todo = as a whole.
    * como un tonto = stupidly, foolishly.
    * como un torpe = foolishly.
    * como un zombi = zombielike.
    * como vivir en un escaparate = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.
    * como + Voz Pasiva = as + Participio Pasado.
    * como y cuando = as and when.
    * como y cuando sea + Adjetivo = as + Adjetivo.
    * comportarse como se espera = be a sport.
    * con el mismo + Nombre + como el que... = as + Adverbio + as....
    * conocerse como = be known as.
    * dar como resultado = result (in).
    * de cómo = as to how.
    * durante tanto tiempo como sea posible = for as long as possible.
    * el modo como = the way in which.
    * el problema no es el qué, sino el cómo = the devil (is/lives) in the details.
    * frase como encabezamiento = phrase heading.
    * llegar a ser conocido como = become + known as.
    * mantenerse como válido = hold up.
    * nada menos que + Nombre + tan + Adjetivo + como = no less + Adjetivo + Nombre + than.
    * no + haber + nada como = there + be + nothing like.
    * ofrecerse como voluntario = volunteer.
    * para colmo = on top of everything else.
    * plan de cómo disponer de Algo = disposition instruction.
    * proponer como principio = posit.
    * sea como sea = be that as it may, at all costs, at any cost.
    * seleccionar como relevante = hit.
    * ser como hablar con la pared = be like talking to a brick wall.
    * ser tan buen momento como cualquier otro = be as good a time as any.
    * ser un momento tan bueno como cualquier otro = be as good a time as any.
    * tal como = such as, such + Nombre + as, just as.
    * tal y como aparece = as it/they stand(s).
    * tal y como es/son = as it/they stand(s).
    * tal y como + ser = in + Posesivo + true colours.
    * tan + Adjetivo + como = as + Adjetivo + as, every bit as + Adjetivo + as.
    * tan + Adjetivo + como de costumbre = as + Adjetivo + as ever.
    * tan + Adjetivo + como siempre = as + Adjetivo + as ever.
    * tan pronto como = as soon as, just as soon as, no sooner... than.
    * tan pronto como sea posible = as soon as possible (asap).
    * tanto como = as many... as..., as much as + Adjetivo, both... and..., no less than, equally, if not, so much as.
    * tanto como siempre = as much as ever.
    * tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.
    * tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.
    * tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective.
    * tomar como ejemplo = take.
    * un poco como = kind of like.

    * * *
    A
    usando el paraguas como bastón using his umbrella as a walking stick
    quiero hablarte como amigo y no como abogado I want to speak to you as a friend and not as a lawyer
    el director tendrá como funciones … the director's duties will be …
    está considerado como lo mejor he's considered (to be) the best
    lo presentó como su ex-marido she introduced him as her ex-husband
    la flor conocida allí como `Santa Rita' the flower known there as `Santa Rita'
    en algunas capitales como Londres in some capital cities such as London o like London
    necesitamos a alguien como tú we need someone like you
    tengo ganas de comer algo dulce — ¿como qué? I fancy something sweet — like what?
    B (en comparaciones, contrastes) like
    quiero un vestido como el tuyo I want a dress like yours
    pienso como tú I agree with you
    fue ella, como que me llamo Beatriz it was her, as sure as my name's Beatriz
    se portó como un caballero he behaved like a gentleman
    la quiero como a una hija I love her like a daughter o as if she were my own daughter
    bailó como nunca she danced as o like she'd never danced before
    me trata como a un imbécil he treats me like an idiot o as if I were an idiot
    se llama algo así como Genaro o Gerardo he's called something like Genaro or Gerardo
    ¡no hay nada como un buen coñac! there's nothing like a good brandy!
    era verde, un verde como el de la alfombra de la oficina it was green, the color of the office carpet
    como PARA + INF:
    es como para echarse a llorar it's enough to make you want to cry, it makes you want to cry
    C ( en locs):
    así como ( frml); as well as
    por esto, así como por muchas otras razones because of this, and for many other reasons as well o as well as for many other reasons
    sus abundantes recursos naturales, así como su importancia estratégica its abundant natural resources, together with o as well as its strategic importance
    como él solo/ella sola: es egoísta como él solo he's so o he's incredibly selfish!
    como mucho at (the) most, at the outside
    como poco at least
    como nadie: hace la paella como nadie she makes wonderful paella, nobody makes paella like her
    como que …: conduce muy bien — como que es piloto de carreras he drives very well — well, he is a racing driver, after all
    le voy a decir cuatro cosas — sí, sí, como que te vas a atrever … I'm going to give him a piece of my mind — oh, yes? I'll believe that when I see it
    y no me lo dijiste — ¡como que no sabía nada! and you didn't tell me about it — that's because I didn't know anything about it myself!
    como ser (CS); such as, for example, like
    como si (+ subj) as if, as though
    actuó como si no le importara she acted as if o as though she didn't care
    ella está grave y él como si nada or como si tal cosa she's seriously ill and he doesn't seem at all worried o he behaves as if it's nothing (to worry about)
    él como si nada or como si tal cosa, ni se inmutó he just stood there without batting an eyelid
    no me gustó el modo or la manera como lo dijo I didn't like the way she said it
    llegó temprano, tal como había prometido he arrived early, just as he had promised
    ganó Raúl, como era de esperar Raúl won, as was to be expected
    así en la tierra como en el cielo on Earth as it is in Heaven
    como dice el refrán as the saying goes
    (tal y) como están las cosas as things stand, the way things are
    (+ subj): hazlo como quieras do it any way you like o how you like
    no voy — como quieras I'm not going — please yourself o as you like
    me dijo que me las arreglara como pudiera he told me to sort things as best I could
    la buganvilla, o como quiera que se llame bougainvillea or whatever it's called
    como quiera que sea, ellos se llevaron la copa anyway, the point is they won the cup
    B (puesto que) as, since
    como todavía era temprano, nos fuimos a dar una vuelta since o as it was still early, we went for a walk, it was still early so we went for a walk
    C (+ subj) (si) if
    como te vuelva a encontrar por aquí if I catch you around here again
    D
    (en oraciones concesivas): cansado como estaba, se ofreció a ayudarme tired though o tired as he was, he offered to help me
    joven como es, tiene más sentido común que tú he may be young but he has more common sense than you
    E
    (que): vimos como se los llevaban en una furgoneta we saw them being taken away in a van, we saw how they were taken away in a van
    vas a ver como llega tarde he'll be late, you'll see
    como a la mitad del camino about half way there
    está como a cincuenta kilómetros it's about fifty kilometers away
    vino como a las seis she came at around o about six
    tiene un sabor como a almendras it has a kind of almondy taste, it tastes something like o a bit like almonds
    un ruido como de un motor a noise like that of an engine
    B (uso expletivo) kind of ( colloq)
    es que me da como vergüenza … I find it kind of embarrassing …
    * * *

     

    Del verbo comer: ( conjugate comer)

    como es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    algo como    
    comer    
    como    
    cómo
    comer ( conjugate comer) verbo intransitivo


    este niño no me come nada (fam) this child won't eat anything (colloq);
    dar(le) de cómo a algn (en la boca) to spoonfeed sb;
    darle de cómo al gato/al niño to feed the cat/the kid;
    salir a cómo (fuera) to go out for a meal, to eat out;
    ¿qué hay de cómo? ( a mediodía) what's for lunch?;

    ( por la noche) what's for dinner o supper?
    b) (esp Esp, Méx) ( almorzar) to have lunch;


    c) (esp AmL) ( cenar) to have dinner

    verbo transitivo
    a) ‹fruta/verdura/carne› to eat;

    ◊ ¿puedo cómo otro? can I have another one?;

    no tienen qué cómo they don't have anything to eat
    b) (fam) ( hacer desaparecer) See Also→ comerse 3

    c) (en ajedrez, damas) to take

    comerse verbo pronominal
    1
    a) ( al escribir) ‹acento/palabra› to leave off;

    ‹línea/párrafo› to miss out

    ‹ palabra› to swallow
    2 ( enf) ‹ comida› to eat;

    cómose las uñas to bite one's nails
    3 (fam) ( hacer desaparecer)
    a) [acido/óxido] to eat away (at);

    [polilla/ratón] to eat away (at)
    b) [inflación/alquiler] ‹sueldo/ahorros› to eat away at

    como preposición
    a) ( en calidad de) as;



    ◊ se la conoce cómo `flor de luz' it's known as `flor de luz'

    c) (en comparaciones, contrastes) like;


    ¡no hay nada cómo un buen coñac! there's nothing like a good brandy!;
    es cómo para echarse a llorar it's enough to make you want to cry
    d) ( en locs)

    ◊ así como (frml) as well as;

    como mucho/poco at (the) most/at least;
    como ser (CS) such as, for example;
    como si (+ subj) as if, as though
    ■ conjunción


    cómo era de esperar as was to be expected;
    no me gustó cómo lo dijo I didn't like the way she said it;
    (tal y) cómo están las cosas as things stand;
    hazlo cómo quieras/cómo mejor puedas do it any way you like/as best as you can;
    no voy — cómo quieras I'm not going — please yourself
    b) ( puesto que) as, since;

    ◊ cómo era temprano, fui a dar una vuelta as it was early, I went for a walk

    c) (si) (+ subj) if;

    ◊ cómo te pille … if I catch you …

    ■ adverbio ( expresando aproximación) about;

    un sabor cómo a almendras a kind of almondy taste
    cómo adverbio

    ◊ ¿cómo estás? how are you?;

    ¿cómo es tu novia? what's your girlfriend like?;
    ¿cómo es de grande? how big is it?;
    ¿cómo te llamas? what's your name?
    b) ( por qué) why, how come (colloq);

    ◊ ¿cómo no me lo dijiste antes? why didn't you tell me before?

    c) ( al solicitar que se repita algo) sorry?, pardon?;

    ◊ ¿cómo dijo? sorry, what did you say?


    ◊ ¡cómo llueve! it's really raining!;

    ¡cómo comes! the amount you eat!;
    ¡cómo! ¿no te lo han dicho? what! haven't they told you?
    e) ( en locs)

    ◊ ¿a cómo …?: ¿a cómo están los tomates? (fam) how much are the tomatoes?;

    ¿a cómo estamos hoy? (AmL) what's the date today?;
    ¡cómo no! of course!;
    ¿cómo que …?: ¿cómo que no fuiste tú? what do you mean it wasn't you?;
    aquí no está — ¿cómo que no? it isn't here — what do you mean it isn't there?
    comer
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to eat
    2 (en el parchís, etc) to take
    3 (estrechar) ese corte de pelo te come la cara, that haircut makes your face look thinner
    ese mueble te come mucho salón, that piece of furniture makes your living room look smaller
    II verbo intransitivo to eat: hay que darle de comer al perro, we have to feed the dog
    ♦ Locuciones: familiar comer como una lima, to eat like a horse
    familiar comer el coco/tarro a alguien, to brainwash somebody
    sin comerlo ni beberlo, le pusieron una sanción, although he has nothing to do with it, he was disciplined
    como
    I adverbio
    1 (manera) how: hazlo como quieras, do it however you like
    me gusta como habla, I like the way he speaks
    2 (semejanza, equivalencia) as: es como tú, he's just like you
    terco como una mula, as stubborn as a mule
    3 (conformidad) as: como estaba diciendo..., as I was saying...
    como indica el prospecto, as the instructions say
    4 (aproximadamente) about
    como a la mitad de camino, more or less halfway
    como unos treinta, about thirty
    II conj
    1 como [+ subj], (si) if: como no comas, no vas al cine, if you don't eat, you won't go to the cinema
    2 (porque) as, since
    como llamó tan tarde, ya no me encontró, as he phoned so late, he didn't find me in
    3 como si, as if
    como si nada o tal cosa, as if nothing had happened
    familiar como si lo viera, I can just imagine it
    III prep (en calidad de) as: lo aconsejé como amigo, I advised him as a friend
    visitó el museo como experto, she visited the museum as an expert
    ¿As, like o how?
    As     se usa para hablar de la función, uso, papel o trabajo de una persona o cosa (trabajó como camarera durante las vacaciones, she worked as a waitress during the holidays) o para comparar dos acciones o situaciones y expresar su similitud. En este caso es necesario disponer de un verbo: Entró de botones, como lo había hecho su padre veinte años antes. He entered as an office-boy, as his father had twenty years before.
    Cuando como va seguido de un sustantivo o pronombre también puedes usar like para comparar dos acciones o situaciones: Es como su padre. He's just like his father. Sin embargo, si va seguido de una preposición, hay que usar as: En marzo, como en abril, llovió. In March, as in April, it rained.
    Nunca debes usar how en comparaciones, porque sólo expresa la manera de hacer las cosas: ¿Cómo lo hiciste?, How did you do it?
    cómo adverbio
    1 (interrogativo) how: ¿cómo es de alto?, how high is it?
    ¿cómo estás?, how are you?
    ¿cómo se hace?, how is it made?
    2 (cuánto) ¿a cómo están los plátanos?, how much are the bananas?
    3 (por qué) ¿cómo es que no nos avisaste?, why didn't you warn us?
    familiar ¿cómo es eso?, how come?
    4 (cuando no se ha oído bien) ¿cómo?, what?
    5 (exclamativo) how
    ¡cómo ha cambiado!, how she's changed!
    ♦ Locuciones: cómo no, of course
    ' cómo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    aburrirse
    - acabada
    - acabado
    - acondicionar
    - acreditar
    - actuar
    - adiós
    - alma
    - alquilar
    - alta
    - alto
    - amable
    - andar
    - apear
    - apenas
    - aprendizaje
    - arreglarse
    - arte
    - así
    - atizar
    - atonía
    - baja
    - bajo
    - bala
    - balsa
    - bañera
    - bastante
    - beber
    - bestia
    - borrega
    - borrego
    - botija
    - buenamente
    - cabra
    - cada
    - caracterización
    - casa
    - cencerro
    - cerrarse
    - cesar
    - chinche
    - cielo
    - coco
    - coletilla
    - colorada
    - colorado
    - comer
    - como
    - como quiera
    - comoquiera
    English:
    ablaze
    - above
    - abroad
    - acclaim
    - accordingly
    - act
    - address
    - alternatively
    - always
    - arouse
    - as
    - ashen
    - attractive
    - awaken
    - away
    - back
    - barrage
    - bash out
    - be
    - beaver away
    - best
    - bicker
    - big
    - black
    - blind
    - bolt
    - bombshell
    - bone
    - border
    - bored
    - both
    - break
    - breed
    - brownout
    - by-product
    - cake
    - calculate
    - care
    - chalk
    - champagne
    - change
    - charm
    - cheer
    - churn out
    - class
    - climax
    - clown around
    - coin
    - colour
    - come about
    * * *
    Como nm
    el lago Como Lake Como
    * * *
    I adv
    1 as;
    como amigo as a friend
    :
    había como cincuenta there were about fifty;
    hace como una hora about an hour ago
    3
    :
    así como as well as
    II conj
    1 if;
    como si as if;
    como si fuera tonto as if he were o was an idiot;
    como no bebas vas a enfermar if you don’t drink you’ll get sick
    2 expresando causa as, since;
    como no llegó, me fui solo as o since she didn’t arrive, I went by myself
    3
    :
    me gusta como habla I like the way he talks;
    como quiera any way you want
    * * *
    cómo adv
    : how
    ¿cómo estás?: how are you?
    ¿a cómo están las manzanas?: how much are the apples?
    ¿cómo?: excuse me?, what was that?
    ¿se puede? ¡cómo no!: may I? please do!
    como adv
    1) : around, about
    cuesta como 500 pesos: it costs around 500 pesos
    2) : kind of, like
    tengo como mareos: I'm kind of dizzy
    como conj
    1) : how, as
    hazlo como dijiste que lo harías: do it the way you said you would
    2) : since, given that
    como estaba lloviendo, no salí: since it was raining, I didn't go out
    3) : if
    como lo vuelva a hacer lo arrestarán: if he does that again he'll be arrested
    4)
    como quiera : in any way
    como prep
    1) : like, as
    ligero como una pluma: light as a feather
    2)
    así como : as well as
    * * *
    como1 adv
    1. (manera) how
    2. (comparaciones) as / like
    3. (según) as
    4. (ejemplo) like
    algunas aves, como el pingüino, no vuelan some birds, like penguins, can't fly
    como sea at all costs / no matter what
    como si as if / as though
    como2 conj
    1. (causa) as
    como hacía sol, nos fuimos a la playa as it was sunny, we went to the beach
    como llegues tarde, te quedarás sin pastel if you're late, you won't get any cake

    Spanish-English dictionary > como

  • 7 barco

    m.
    1 boat.
    barco torpedero torpedo boat
    barco de vapor steamer, steamboat
    barco de vela sailing ship
    en barco by boat
    barco de carga cargo boat o ship
    barco mercante cargo ship
    barco de pesca o pesquero fishing boat
    barco de recreo pleasure boat
    2 ship, boat, vessel, shipboard.
    * * *
    1 (gen) boat; (grande) ship
    \
    barco de pasajeros passenger ship
    barco de pesca fishing boat
    barco de vela sailing boat
    barco escuela training ship
    barco mercante merchant ship
    * * *
    noun m.
    1) boat
    2) ship
    * * *
    SM (=embarcación) boat; [de gran tamaño] ship, vessel frm

    en barco — by boat, by ship

    barco de vela — sailing boat, sailboat (EEUU)

    abandonar 1., 1)
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo invariable (Méx fam)
    II
    masculino (Náut) boat; ( grande) ship, vessel (frml)

    ir/viajar en barco — to go/travel by boat/ship

    como barco sin timón — like a ship without a rudder, aimlessly

    * * *
    = boat, ship, vessel.
    Ex. In 1793, Hurley Barnes and his family sailed down the Lewark River in a small boat.
    Ex. Consider ad hoc events (such as athletic contests, exhibitions, expeditions, fairs, festivals) and vessels (e.g. ships and spacecrafts) to be corporate bodies.
    Ex. Other vessels in addition to yachts may have hulls.
    ----
    * abandonar el barco = abandon + ship.
    * a bordo de un barco = shipboard, on board ship.
    * ¡Ah del barco! = Ahoy there!.
    * ¡Barco a la vista! = Ship ahoy!.
    * barco a motor = motorboat.
    * barco a vapor = steamboat.
    * barco cisterna = tanker.
    * barco de aprovisionamiento = supply vessel.
    * barco de carga = bulk cargo ship.
    * barco dedicado a la pesca de arrastre = fishing trawler.
    * barco dedicado a la pesca de la langosta = lobster boat.
    * barco de guerra = warship, naval ship, war vessel.
    * barco de mantenimiento = maintenance vessel.
    * barco de mercancías = bulk cargo ship.
    * barco de vapor = steamboat.
    * barco de vapor con paletas = paddle-steamer.
    * barco de vela = square-rigged ship, sailing ship, sail ship, sailboat, sailing boat.
    * barco mercante = merchant ship, merchant vessel.
    * barco naufragado = wreck.
    * barco pirata = pirate ship.
    * barco velero = sail ship, sailing ship, square-rigged ship, sailboat, sailing boat.
    * biblioteca de barco = shipboard library, ship library.
    * botar un barco = launch + ship.
    * casco del barco = ship hull.
    * como barcos que se cruzan (en la noche) = like passing ships (in the night), like passing ships (in the night).
    * cruce en barco = boat ride.
    * estar todos en el mismo barco = be all in the same boat.
    * mitad del barco = midship.
    * montarse en un barco = board + ship.
    * paseo en barco = boat tour, boating, boat ride, boat cruise.
    * subir a un barco = board + ship.
    * trayecto en barco = boat ride.
    * viajar en barco = sailing.
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo invariable (Méx fam)
    II
    masculino (Náut) boat; ( grande) ship, vessel (frml)

    ir/viajar en barco — to go/travel by boat/ship

    como barco sin timón — like a ship without a rudder, aimlessly

    * * *
    = boat, ship, vessel.

    Ex: In 1793, Hurley Barnes and his family sailed down the Lewark River in a small boat.

    Ex: Consider ad hoc events (such as athletic contests, exhibitions, expeditions, fairs, festivals) and vessels (e.g. ships and spacecrafts) to be corporate bodies.
    Ex: Other vessels in addition to yachts may have hulls.
    * abandonar el barco = abandon + ship.
    * a bordo de un barco = shipboard, on board ship.
    * ¡Ah del barco! = Ahoy there!.
    * ¡Barco a la vista! = Ship ahoy!.
    * barco a motor = motorboat.
    * barco a vapor = steamboat.
    * barco cisterna = tanker.
    * barco de aprovisionamiento = supply vessel.
    * barco de carga = bulk cargo ship.
    * barco dedicado a la pesca de arrastre = fishing trawler.
    * barco dedicado a la pesca de la langosta = lobster boat.
    * barco de guerra = warship, naval ship, war vessel.
    * barco de mantenimiento = maintenance vessel.
    * barco de mercancías = bulk cargo ship.
    * barco de vapor = steamboat.
    * barco de vapor con paletas = paddle-steamer.
    * barco de vela = square-rigged ship, sailing ship, sail ship, sailboat, sailing boat.
    * barco mercante = merchant ship, merchant vessel.
    * barco naufragado = wreck.
    * barco pirata = pirate ship.
    * barco velero = sail ship, sailing ship, square-rigged ship, sailboat, sailing boat.
    * biblioteca de barco = shipboard library, ship library.
    * botar un barco = launch + ship.
    * casco del barco = ship hull.
    * como barcos que se cruzan (en la noche) = like passing ships (in the night), like passing ships (in the night).
    * cruce en barco = boat ride.
    * estar todos en el mismo barco = be all in the same boat.
    * mitad del barco = midship.
    * montarse en un barco = board + ship.
    * paseo en barco = boat tour, boating, boat ride, boat cruise.
    * subir a un barco = board + ship.
    * trayecto en barco = boat ride.
    * viajar en barco = sailing.

    * * *
    ( Méx arg): es una profesora muy barco that teacher is a real soft touch ( colloq)
    A ( Náut) boat; (grande) ship, vessel ( frml)
    el viaje en barco lleva 15 días the journey by sea ( o river etc) takes 15 days
    viajaron a Europa en barco they traveled to Europe by sea o ship
    no quiso abandonar el barco he wouldn't abandon ship
    como barco sin timón like a ship without a rudder, aimlessly
    Compuestos:
    motorboat
    support ship o vessel
    cargo ship/boat
    warship
    passenger ship/boat
    fishing boat
    steamboat, steamer
    sailing boat, sailboat ( AmE)
    ghost ship
    mother ship
    merchant ship
    oil tanker
    B ( Geog) shallow ravine
    * * *

     

    barco sustantivo masculino (Náut) boat;
    ( grande) ship, vessel (frml);
    ◊ un viaje en barco a journey by sea (o river etc);

    ir/viajar en barco to go/travel by boat/ship;
    barco de guerra warship;
    barco de vapor steamboat, steamer;
    barco de vela sailing boat, sailboat (AmE)
    barco sustantivo masculino
    1 boat, ship
    barco de pasajeros, passenger ship
    barco de vela, sailing ship
    ♦ Locuciones: estar en el mismo barco, to be in the same boat

    ' barco' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abanderar
    - camarera
    - camarero
    - captura
    - carga
    - cargamento
    - casco
    - chimenea
    - crucero
    - deriva
    - embarcación
    - escora
    - esta
    - este
    - estela
    - estibar
    - lastre
    - media
    - medio
    - motín
    - nave
    - patrón
    - patrona
    - pique
    - puente
    - radio
    - sirena
    - sobrecargo
    - submarina
    - submarino
    - timón
    - transbordar
    - transportar
    - travesía
    - tronera
    - vaivén
    - vapor
    - velaje
    - velamen
    - virar
    - viraje
    - volcar
    - vuelco
    - abandonar
    - abordar
    - amadrinar
    - apadrinar
    - armazón
    - atracar
    - balancear
    English:
    aboard
    - blow
    - board
    - boat
    - boating
    - bridge
    - capsize
    - cluster
    - cruise ship
    - deck
    - discharge
    - dismay
    - dock
    - drift
    - fishing boat
    - galley
    - go down
    - go under
    - hold
    - hoot
    - hulk
    - hull
    - inland
    - land
    - launch
    - lay up
    - leak
    - lifeboat
    - liner
    - load
    - man
    - moor
    - open
    - paddle steamer
    - ply
    - riverboat
    - rock
    - roll
    - sail
    - sailing ship
    - scrape
    - share
    - she
    - ship
    - sink
    - spring
    - steamer
    - stranded
    - sunken
    - toss
    * * *
    barco nm
    [pequeño] boat; [de gran tamaño] ship;
    recorrieron la región en barco they travelled round the region by boat;
    ¡abandonen el barco! abandon ship!
    barco ballenero whaler, whaling ship;
    barco de carga cargo boat o ship;
    barco deportivo sailing boat [for sport or pleasure sailing];
    barco de guerra warship;
    barco mercante merchant ship;
    barco nodriza refuelling ship;
    barco de pasajeros passenger ship;
    barco de pesca fishing boat;
    barco pesquero fishing boat;
    barco pirata pirate ship;
    barco de recreo pleasure boat;
    barco de vapor steamer, steamboat;
    barco de vela sailing ship;
    barco velero sailing ship
    * * *
    m boat; más grande ship;
    estar en el mismo barco fig be in the same boat
    * * *
    barco nm
    1) barca: boat
    2) buque, nave: ship
    * * *
    1. (en general) boat
    2. (buque) ship

    Spanish-English dictionary > barco

  • 8 cruzar

    v.
    1 to cross.
    cruzó la calle corriendo he ran across the street
    esta carretera cruza varios pueblos this road goes through several towns
    un río que cruzar todo el país a river that flows the length of the country
    El viejito cruzó la calle The old man crossed the street.
    Ella cruza patos con gansos She crosses ducks with geese.
    2 to cross (piernas, brazos).
    3 to cross (animales).
    4 to exchange (unas palabras).
    5 to cross over, to go over, to get over.
    Ella cruzó y se salvó She crossed over and saved herself.
    6 to go across, to cross.
    Ella cruza el puente She goes across the bridge.
    7 to breed, to cross, to interbreed.
    * * *
    1 (gen) to cross
    2 (poner atravesado) to lay across; (estar atravesado) to lie across
    3 (en geometría) to intersect
    4 (animales) to cross
    5 (miradas, palabras) to exchange
    1 (encontrarse) to cross, pass each other
    2 (intercambiarse) to exchange
    \
    cruzar a nado to swim across
    cruzar apuestas to make bets
    cruzar con una raya to draw a line across
    cruzar los brazos to fold one's arms
    cruzarle la cara a alguien figurado to slap somebody's face
    cruzarse en el camino de alguien figurado to cross somebody's path
    * * *
    verb
    •
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) [+ calle, río, frontera, puente] to cross

    al cruzar la puerta o el umbral del palacio — when you set foot inside the palace

    2) [arrugas, líneas]
    3) (=poner cruzado)

    • cruzar los dedos — (lit, fig) to cross one's fingers

    el equipo se juega la Copa -cruzo los dedos- mañana — the team is playing for the Cup tomorrow - (I'm keeping my) fingers crossed

    • cruzar las piernas — to cross one's legs

    4) [+ palabras] to exchange
    5) [+ apuestas] to place, make
    6) (Bio) [+ plantas, razas] to cross
    7) (Náut) to cruise
    8) esp LAm (Agr) to plough a second time in a criss-cross pattern
    9) And, Cono Sur (=atacar) to fight, attack
    10) Ven
    2.
    VI [peatón] to cross

    cruza ahora, que no vienen coches — cross now, there are no cars coming

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( atravesar) <calle/mar/puente> to cross
    2) < piernas> to cross

    con los brazos cruzados — with my/your/his arms crossed o folded

    3) < cheque> to cross
    4) ( tachar) to cross out
    5) <palabras/saludos> to exchange
    6) ( llevar al otro lado) to take (o carry etc)... across
    7) <animales/plantas> to cross
    2.
    cruzar vi ( atravesar) to cross
    3.
    cruzarse v pron
    1) (recípr)
    a) caminos/líneas to intersect, meet
    b) (en un viaje, un camino)

    seguro que nos cruzaremos por el camino — ( nos veremos) we're sure to meet o pass each other on the way; ( no nos veremos) we're sure to miss each other along the way

    cruzarse con alguien — to see o pass somebody

    * * *
    = cross, fall across, walk across, intersect, cross-pollinate, throw across, interbreed.
    Ex. Some of the cases presented in this book are concerned with broad policy issues, while others are less encompassing and present some of the narrower problems that cross the library manager's desk.
    Ex. A shaft of yellow sunshine fell across the carpet.
    Ex. Some of the questions to ask ourselves are will people walk up or down stairs, across quadrangles, etc just to visit the library?.
    Ex. Contingency plans can be devised to intersect at several points on this time continuum.
    Ex. The purpose of the conference is to cross-pollinate the research of all fields that endeavor to inform clients.
    Ex. The gangplank (illustrated by the dotted line in Figure 1) can be thrown across without weakening the chain of command, as long as this relationship is advisory and not policy making = La pasarela (ilustrada por la línea de puntos de la Figura 1) se puede cruzar sin debilitar la cadena de mando, en tanto en cuanto esta relación sea consultiva y no para la elaboración de políticas.
    Ex. Our human ancestors were still interbreeding with their chimp cousins long after first splitting from the chimpanzee lineage, a genetic study suggests.
    ----
    * como barcos que se cruzan (en la noche) = like passing ships (in the night), like passing ships (in the night).
    * cruzar en el camino de Alguien = cross + Posesivo + path.
    * cruzar fronteras = span + boundaries.
    * cruzar la carretera por un sitio no autorizado = jaywalking, jaywalk.
    * cruzar la frontera = cross + the boundary.
    * cruzar la línea = cross + the line.
    * cruzar la línea divisoria = cross + the boundary, cross + the great divide, cross + the dividing line, cross + the line.
    * cruzar la línea que separa = cross over + the line separating.
    * cruzar la mente = shoot through + Posesivo + mind.
    * cruzar la meta = cross + the finish line.
    * cruzar las fronteras = breach + boundaries, breach + barriers.
    * cruzar las líneas divisorias que separan + Nombre = cross + Adjetivo + lines.
    * cruzar las piernas = cross + Posesivo + legs, fold + Posesivo + legs.
    * cruzar los brazos = fold + Posesivo + arms.
    * cruzar los dedos = cross + Posesivo + fingers.
    * cruzarse con = run into, cross + Posesivo + path.
    * cruzarse de brazos = sit back, fold + Posesivo + arms, go along with + the flow.
    * cruzarse de piernas = fold + Posesivo + legs.
    * cruzársele a Uno en el camino = come + Posesivo + way.
    * cruzar una mirada = exchange + glance.
    * el que no se aventura no cruza el mar = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * persona que cruza la carretera por un sitio no autorizado = jaywalker.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( atravesar) <calle/mar/puente> to cross
    2) < piernas> to cross

    con los brazos cruzados — with my/your/his arms crossed o folded

    3) < cheque> to cross
    4) ( tachar) to cross out
    5) <palabras/saludos> to exchange
    6) ( llevar al otro lado) to take (o carry etc)... across
    7) <animales/plantas> to cross
    2.
    cruzar vi ( atravesar) to cross
    3.
    cruzarse v pron
    1) (recípr)
    a) caminos/líneas to intersect, meet
    b) (en un viaje, un camino)

    seguro que nos cruzaremos por el camino — ( nos veremos) we're sure to meet o pass each other on the way; ( no nos veremos) we're sure to miss each other along the way

    cruzarse con alguien — to see o pass somebody

    * * *
    = cross, fall across, walk across, intersect, cross-pollinate, throw across, interbreed.

    Ex: Some of the cases presented in this book are concerned with broad policy issues, while others are less encompassing and present some of the narrower problems that cross the library manager's desk.

    Ex: A shaft of yellow sunshine fell across the carpet.
    Ex: Some of the questions to ask ourselves are will people walk up or down stairs, across quadrangles, etc just to visit the library?.
    Ex: Contingency plans can be devised to intersect at several points on this time continuum.
    Ex: The purpose of the conference is to cross-pollinate the research of all fields that endeavor to inform clients.
    Ex: The gangplank (illustrated by the dotted line in Figure 1) can be thrown across without weakening the chain of command, as long as this relationship is advisory and not policy making = La pasarela (ilustrada por la línea de puntos de la Figura 1) se puede cruzar sin debilitar la cadena de mando, en tanto en cuanto esta relación sea consultiva y no para la elaboración de políticas.
    Ex: Our human ancestors were still interbreeding with their chimp cousins long after first splitting from the chimpanzee lineage, a genetic study suggests.
    * como barcos que se cruzan (en la noche) = like passing ships (in the night), like passing ships (in the night).
    * cruzar en el camino de Alguien = cross + Posesivo + path.
    * cruzar fronteras = span + boundaries.
    * cruzar la carretera por un sitio no autorizado = jaywalking, jaywalk.
    * cruzar la frontera = cross + the boundary.
    * cruzar la línea = cross + the line.
    * cruzar la línea divisoria = cross + the boundary, cross + the great divide, cross + the dividing line, cross + the line.
    * cruzar la línea que separa = cross over + the line separating.
    * cruzar la mente = shoot through + Posesivo + mind.
    * cruzar la meta = cross + the finish line.
    * cruzar las fronteras = breach + boundaries, breach + barriers.
    * cruzar las líneas divisorias que separan + Nombre = cross + Adjetivo + lines.
    * cruzar las piernas = cross + Posesivo + legs, fold + Posesivo + legs.
    * cruzar los brazos = fold + Posesivo + arms.
    * cruzar los dedos = cross + Posesivo + fingers.
    * cruzarse con = run into, cross + Posesivo + path.
    * cruzarse de brazos = sit back, fold + Posesivo + arms, go along with + the flow.
    * cruzarse de piernas = fold + Posesivo + legs.
    * cruzársele a Uno en el camino = come + Posesivo + way.
    * cruzar una mirada = exchange + glance.
    * el que no se aventura no cruza el mar = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * persona que cruza la carretera por un sitio no autorizado = jaywalker.

    * * *
    cruzar [A4 ]
    vt
    A (atravesar) ‹calle› to cross; ‹mar/desierto/puente› to cross, go/come across
    cruzó el río a nado she swam across the river
    esta calle no cruza Serrano this street doesn't intersect with Serrano
    B ‹piernas› to cross
    se sentó y cruzó las piernas she sat down and crossed her legs
    con los brazos cruzados with my/your/his arms crossed o folded
    crucemos los dedos let's keep our fingers crossed
    C ‹cheque› to cross
    D (tachar) to cross out
    E ‹palabras/saludos› to exchange
    no crucé ni una palabra con él we didn't say a single word to each other, we didn't exchange a single word
    F (llevar al otro lado) to take ( o carry etc) … across
    la madre cruzó a los niños the mother took the children across
    el barquero nos cruzó the boatman took o ferried us across
    G ‹animales/plantas› to cross
    ■ cruzar
    vi
    (atravesar) to cross
    cruzaron por el puente they went over o across the bridge
    A ( recípr)
    1 «caminos/líneas» to intersect, meet, cross
    2
    (en un viaje, un camino): los trenes se cruzaron a mitad de camino the trains passed each other half way
    espero no cruzármelo nunca más I hope I never set eyes on him again, I hope we never cross paths again
    nuestras cartas se han debido de cruzar our letters must have crossed in the post
    seguro que nos cruzaremos por el camino (nos veremos) we're sure to meet o see o pass each other on the way; (no nos veremos) we're sure to miss each other along the way
    cruzarse CON algn to see o pass sb
    me crucé con él al salir de la estación I saw o passed o met him as I came out of the station
    me cruzo con ella todos los días I see her o we pass each other everyday
    B
    (interponerse): se le cruzó una moto y no pudo frenar a motorcycle pulled out in front of him and he couldn't brake in time
    se nos cruzó otro corredor y nos caímos todos another runner cut in front of us and we all fell
    * * *

     

    cruzar ( conjugate cruzar) verbo transitivo
    1 ( atravesar) ‹calle/mar/puente› to cross
    2 ‹ piernas› to cross;
    ‹ brazos› to cross, fold
    3
    a) ‹ cheque› to cross


    c) ‹palabras/saludos› to exchange

    4 ( llevar al otro lado) to take (o carry etc) … across
    5 ‹animales/plantas› to cross
    verbo intransitivo ( atravesar) to cross;

    cruzarse verbo pronominal
    1 ( recípr)
    a) [caminos/líneas] to intersect, meet

    b) (en viaje, camino):

    ◊ nos cruzamos en el camino we met o passed each other on the way;

    nuestras cartas se han debido de cruzar our letters must have crossed in the post;
    cruzarse con algn to see o pass sb
    2 ( interponerse):

    se me cruzó otro corredor another runner cut in front of me
    cruzar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to cross
    (las piernas) to cross one's legs
    (los brazos) to fold one's arms
    2 (dirigir unas palabras, miradas) to exchange
    3 (animal, planta) to cross, crossbreed
    II verbo intransitivo (atravesar) to cross
    ' cruzar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    cariño
    - empeñarse
    - franquear
    - isleta
    - ojo
    - cruzado
    - lado
    - luz
    - mano
    - pasar
    English:
    across
    - come through
    - cross
    - fold
    - get across
    - go across
    - go over
    - hold on
    - intersect
    - jaywalk
    - jaywalking
    - jump across
    - scramble
    - see
    - single-breasted
    - span
    - swim
    - unsafe
    - walk across
    - get
    - jay
    - pass
    - stepping-stone
    - way
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [calle, río] to cross;
    cruzó el Atlántico en velero he sailed across the Atlantic;
    nos cruzó al otro lado del río en su barca he took us across to the other side of the river in his boat;
    cruzó el río a nado she swam across the river;
    cruzó la calle corriendo he ran across the street;
    esta carretera cruza varios pueblos this road goes through several towns;
    un río que cruza todo el país a river that flows the length of the country
    2. [interponer]
    cruzaron un autobús para detener el tráfico they put a bus across the road to stop the traffic
    3. [piernas, brazos] to cross;
    crucemos los dedos let's keep our fingers crossed
    4. [unas palabras] to exchange
    5. [en fútbol]
    marcó cruzando la pelota he scored with a cross-shot;
    cruzó demasiado la pelota he pulled his shot wide
    6. [animales, plantas] to cross
    7. [cheque] to cross
    8. Comp
    Fam
    cruzar la cara a alguien to slap sb across the face;
    como no te estés quieto te voy a cruzar la cara if you don't keep still I'm going to slap you
    * * *
    v/t cross
    * * *
    cruzar {21} vt
    1) : to cross
    2) : to exchange (words, greetings)
    3) : to cross, to interbreed
    * * *
    cruzar vb
    1. (en general) to cross
    2. (intercambiar) to exchange

    Spanish-English dictionary > cruzar

  • 9 como barcos que se cruzan

    como barcos que se cruzan (en la noche)

    Ex: The relationship doesn't really exist if you and your partner treat each other like passing ships in the night.

    como barcos que se cruzan (en la oscuridad)

    Ex: The relationship doesn't really exist if you and your partner treat each other like passing ships in the night.

    Spanish-English dictionary > como barcos que se cruzan

  • 10 noche

    f.
    night.
    a las diez de la noche at ten o'clock at night
    al caer o cuando cae la noche at nightfall
    hacer noche en to stay the night in
    hacerse de noche to get dark
    pasar la noche en claro o vela to have a sleepless night
    trabaja de noche she works nights
    ser la noche y el día to be as different as night and day
    noche de bodas wedding night
    noche de gala gala evening
    noche de Reyes Twelfth Night
    * * *
    1 (gen) night; (al atardecer) evening
    ■ ¡pero, si son las 10 de la noche! look at the time, it's ten o'clock!
    \
    buenas noches (saludo) good evening 2 (despedida) good night
    de noche todos los gatos son pardos all cats are grey in the dark
    hacer noche en to spend the night in
    hacer turno de noche to work nights
    hacerse de noche to grow dark
    la noche de los tiempos the dawn of time
    noche y día day and night
    pasar mala noche to sleep badly, have a bad night
    pasar la noche en blanco not to sleep a wink all night
    por la noche at night, after dark
    ser de noche to be dark
    ser noche cerrada to be pitch dark
    ser la noche y el día to be like chalk and cheese
    media noche midnight
    noche toledana familiar sleepless night
    * * *
    noun f.
    •
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=parte del día) night

    "Las mil y una noches" — "The Arabian Nights"

    • ayer noche — last night

    • ¡ buenas noches! — (=al atardecer) good evening!; (=al despedirse o al acostarse) good night!

    • de noche — [como adv] at night; [como adj] night antes de s

    • en la noche de ayer — last night

    • en la noche de hoy — tonight

    • hasta muy entrada la noche — till late into the night, into the small hours

    • esta noche — (=hoy por la noche) tonight; (=anoche) last night

    ¿qué hay en la tele esta noche? — what's on TV tonight?

    • hacer noche en un sitio — to spend the night somewhere

    • media noche — midnight

    • por la noche o LAm en la noche o Arg, Uru a la noche — at night

    cuando se echa una siesta luego por la noche no duerme — when he has a siesta, he doesn't sleep at night

    - pasar la noche en blanco o de claro en claro o en vela

    noche de estreno — (Teat) first night, opening night

    función 5), gato I, 1., 1)
    2) (=oscuridad)

    • al caer la noche — at nightfall

    • ya es noche cerrada — it's completely dark now

    • es de noche — it is dark

    cuando sea de noche, volveremos al refugio — when night falls o when it's dark, we'll return to the shelter

    • hacerse de noche — to get dark

    3)

    • la noche — (=vida nocturna) nightlife

    * * *
    1) ( período de tiempo) night

    la noche anterior — the night before, the previous evening

    esta noche — tonight, this evening

    2)
    a) ( oscuridad) night

    antes de que caiga la noche — before it gets dark, before nightfall

    en la noche de los tiempos — (liter) in the mists of time (liter)

    b) (liter) ( tristeza) sadness, gloom

    buenas noches — ( al saludar) good evening; ( al despedirse) goodnight

    de noche — <trabajar/conducir> at night

    ahora es de noche en el Japón — it's night o nighttime now in Japan

    se hizo de noche — it got dark, night fell

    en la or (esp Esp) en la or (RPl) a la noche: por la noche fuimos al teatro in the evening we went to the theater; el lunes por la noche on Monday evening/night; de la noche a la mañana overnight; hacer noche to spend the night; pasar la noche en blanco to have a sleepless night; pasar la noche en vela (vigilando, esperando a alguien) to sit o stay up all night; ( no poder dormir) to have a sleepless night; de noche todos los gatos son pardos or (AmL) negros — no one will notice (in the dark)

    •
    * * *
    = night.
    Ex. And two of them I heard two nights ago on 'All in the Family'.
    ----
    * a altas horas de la noche = late at night.
    * abierto por la noche = late night.
    * a cualquier hora del día o de la noche = at any hour of the day or night, at any time of the day or night.
    * a la caída de la noche = at nightfall, at twilight.
    * al amparo de la noche = under cover of night.
    * al caer la noche = at nightfall.
    * aventura de una sola noche = one-night stand.
    * bajo el manto de la noche = under the cover of darkness, under the cloak of darkness.
    * bien entrada la noche = late at night.
    * como barcos que se cruzan (en la noche) = like passing ships (in the night).
    * como el día y la noche = worlds apart, like oil and water, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.
    * como la noche y el día = like oil and water, worlds apart, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.
    * dama de noche = night jasmine.
    * de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.
    * de la noche a la mañana = overnight.
    * del día o de la noche = day or night.
    * de noche = after dark.
    * desde la mañana a la noche = from morning to night.
    * Día + por la noche = Día + night.
    * día y noche = round the clock, day and night, night and day, around the clock.
    * dormir la noche = stay overnight.
    * durante la noche = overnight, night-time.
    * durante toda la noche = all-night, all night long.
    * en lo más profundo de la noche = in the dead of night.
    * en mitad de la noche = in the dead of night.
    * esta noche = tonight, tonite.
    * galán de noche = night jasmine, clothes valet, men's valet.
    * hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.
    * lámpara de mesita de noche = bedside lamp.
    * ligue de una sola noche = one-night stand.
    * lugar donde las aves pasan la noche = roost.
    * lunes por la noche, el = Monday night.
    * luz de mesita de noche = bedside lamp.
    * mañana por la noche = tomorrow night.
    * mañana, tarde y noche = around the clock.
    * medianoche = midnight.
    * mesita de noche = bedside table.
    * noche + caer = night + fall.
    * noche de bodas = wedding night.
    * noche de entre semana = weeknight.
    * noche de luna = moonlit night.
    * noche de luz de luna = moonlight night.
    * noche en blanco = sleepless night.
    * noche nupcial = wedding night.
    * noche sin poder dormir = sleepless night.
    * noche tras noche = night after night.
    * noche y día = day and night, night and day.
    * pasar la noche = spend + the night, stay overnight.
    * por el día o por la noche = day or night.
    * por el día y por la noche = night and day.
    * por el día y por la noche = day and night.
    * por la mañana y por la noche = morning and night.
    * por la noche = overnight, at night, night-time, after dark, by night.
    * portero de noche = nightman [nightmen, -pl.].
    * ruidos de la noche = things that go bump in the night.
    * ser como el día y la noche = different as night and day.
    * ser de la noche = night creature.
    * tarde noche = late evening.
    * toda la noche = all night long.
    * trabajar de día y de noche = work + day and night.
    * trabajar día y noche = work + Reflexivo + to the ground, work + Reflexivo + to death, work (a)round + the clock.
    * trabajar noche y día = work + day and night.
    * traje de noche = evening wear.
    * turno de noche = night shift [night-shift].
    * una noche tras otra = night after night.
    * un + Nombre + a altas horas de la noche = a late night + Nombre.
    * vestido de noche = evening dress, evening gown.
    * vigilante de noche = nightman [nightmen, -pl.].
    * * *
    1) ( período de tiempo) night

    la noche anterior — the night before, the previous evening

    esta noche — tonight, this evening

    2)
    a) ( oscuridad) night

    antes de que caiga la noche — before it gets dark, before nightfall

    en la noche de los tiempos — (liter) in the mists of time (liter)

    b) (liter) ( tristeza) sadness, gloom

    buenas noches — ( al saludar) good evening; ( al despedirse) goodnight

    de noche — <trabajar/conducir> at night

    ahora es de noche en el Japón — it's night o nighttime now in Japan

    se hizo de noche — it got dark, night fell

    en la or (esp Esp) en la or (RPl) a la noche: por la noche fuimos al teatro in the evening we went to the theater; el lunes por la noche on Monday evening/night; de la noche a la mañana overnight; hacer noche to spend the night; pasar la noche en blanco to have a sleepless night; pasar la noche en vela (vigilando, esperando a alguien) to sit o stay up all night; ( no poder dormir) to have a sleepless night; de noche todos los gatos son pardos or (AmL) negros — no one will notice (in the dark)

    •
    * * *

    Ex: And two of them I heard two nights ago on 'All in the Family'.

    * a altas horas de la noche = late at night.
    * abierto por la noche = late night.
    * a cualquier hora del día o de la noche = at any hour of the day or night, at any time of the day or night.
    * a la caída de la noche = at nightfall, at twilight.
    * al amparo de la noche = under cover of night.
    * al caer la noche = at nightfall.
    * aventura de una sola noche = one-night stand.
    * bajo el manto de la noche = under the cover of darkness, under the cloak of darkness.
    * bien entrada la noche = late at night.
    * como barcos que se cruzan (en la noche) = like passing ships (in the night).
    * como el día y la noche = worlds apart, like oil and water, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.
    * como la noche y el día = like oil and water, worlds apart, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.
    * dama de noche = night jasmine.
    * de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.
    * de la noche a la mañana = overnight.
    * del día o de la noche = day or night.
    * de noche = after dark.
    * desde la mañana a la noche = from morning to night.
    * Día + por la noche = Día + night.
    * día y noche = round the clock, day and night, night and day, around the clock.
    * dormir la noche = stay overnight.
    * durante la noche = overnight, night-time.
    * durante toda la noche = all-night, all night long.
    * en lo más profundo de la noche = in the dead of night.
    * en mitad de la noche = in the dead of night.
    * esta noche = tonight, tonite.
    * galán de noche = night jasmine, clothes valet, men's valet.
    * hacer de la noche día = burn + the candle at both ends.
    * lámpara de mesita de noche = bedside lamp.
    * ligue de una sola noche = one-night stand.
    * lugar donde las aves pasan la noche = roost.
    * lunes por la noche, el = Monday night.
    * luz de mesita de noche = bedside lamp.
    * mañana por la noche = tomorrow night.
    * mañana, tarde y noche = around the clock.
    * medianoche = midnight.
    * mesita de noche = bedside table.
    * noche + caer = night + fall.
    * noche de bodas = wedding night.
    * noche de entre semana = weeknight.
    * noche de luna = moonlit night.
    * noche de luz de luna = moonlight night.
    * noche en blanco = sleepless night.
    * noche nupcial = wedding night.
    * noche sin poder dormir = sleepless night.
    * noche tras noche = night after night.
    * noche y día = day and night, night and day.
    * pasar la noche = spend + the night, stay overnight.
    * por el día o por la noche = day or night.
    * por el día y por la noche = night and day.
    * por el día y por la noche = day and night.
    * por la mañana y por la noche = morning and night.
    * por la noche = overnight, at night, night-time, after dark, by night.
    * portero de noche = nightman [nightmen, -pl.].
    * ruidos de la noche = things that go bump in the night.
    * ser como el día y la noche = different as night and day.
    * ser de la noche = night creature.
    * tarde noche = late evening.
    * toda la noche = all night long.
    * trabajar de día y de noche = work + day and night.
    * trabajar día y noche = work + Reflexivo + to the ground, work + Reflexivo + to death, work (a)round + the clock.
    * trabajar noche y día = work + day and night.
    * traje de noche = evening wear.
    * turno de noche = night shift [night-shift].
    * una noche tras otra = night after night.
    * un + Nombre + a altas horas de la noche = a late night + Nombre.
    * vestido de noche = evening dress, evening gown.
    * vigilante de noche = nightman [nightmen, -pl.].

    * * *
    el bebé lloró toda la noche the baby cried all night
    la noche anterior habíamos cenado juntos we'd had dinner together the night before o the previous evening
    a altas horas de la noche late at night, in the small hours
    ¿tienes ganas de salir esta noche? do you feel like going out tonight o this evening?
    a las ocho de la noche at eight o'clock in the evening o at night
    a las diez de la noche at ten o'clock at night
    B
    1 (oscuridad) night
    a las seis de la tarde ya es noche cerrada it's completely dark by six o'clock
    vuelve antes de que caiga la noche come back before it gets dark o before nightfall
    en la noche de los tiempos ( liter); in the mists of time ( liter)
    2 ( liter) (tristeza) sadness, gloom
    C ( en locs):
    buenas noches (al saludar) good evening; (al despedirse) goodnight
    de noche: trabajan de noche they work at night
    me llamó el jueves de noche she called me on Thursday night/evening
    ahora es de noche en el Japón it's night o nighttime now in Japan
    se hizo de noche it got dark, night fell
    ya es de noche it's already dark
    por la noche or ( AmL) en la noche or ( Arg) a la noche: por la noche fuimos al teatro in the evening we went to the theater
    el lunes por la noche on Monday evening/night
    no me gusta salir sola por la noche I don't like going out on my own at night
    cambió de opinión de la noche a la mañana he changed his mind from one day to the next o overnight
    hacer noche to spend the night
    pasar la noche en blanco to have a sleepless night
    pasé la noche en blanco I had a sleepless night, I didn't sleep a wink ( colloq)
    pasar la noche en vela (vigilando, esperando a algn) to sit o stay up all night; (no poder dormir) to have a sleepless night
    pasamos la noche en vela esperando que volviera we waited up for him all night
    pasar una noche toledana ( Esp fam); to have a terrible night
    de noche todos los gatos son pardos no-one will notice (in the dark)
    Compuestos:
    wedding night
    first night
    New Year's Eve ( the evening)
    * * *

     

    noche sustantivo femenino
    a) night;


    esta noche tonight, this evening;
    ¡buenas noches! ( al saludar) good evening!;

    ( al despedirse) goodnight
    b) ( en locs)

    ◊ de noche ‹trabajar/conducir› at night;


    ‹vestido/función› evening ( before n);

    en la or (esp Esp) por la or (RPl) a la noche: en la noche fuimos al teatro in the evening we went to the theater;
    el lunes en la noche on Monday evening/night;
    de la noche a la mañana overnight
    noche sustantivo femenino
    1 night
    2 (espacio de tiempo: antes de las diez) evening
    (: después de las diez) night, night-time: me llamó de noche, he phoned me at night
    nos veremos por la noche, we'll meet this evening
    esta noche, tonight ➣ Ver nota en tarde
    ♦ Locuciones: hacer noche, to spend the night [en, at/in]
    pasar la noche en blanco, to have a sleepless night
    ser como la noche y el día, to be like night and day
    buenas noches, (saludo) good evening, (despedida) good night
    de la noche a la mañana, overnight
    traje/vestido de noche, evening dress
    ' noche' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    aciaga
    - aciago
    - acribillar
    - amarrar
    - auto
    - ayer
    - blanca
    - blanco
    - buena
    - bueno
    - caer
    - calor
    - dar
    - dado
    - de
    - destellar
    - día
    - durante
    - empeorar
    - fin
    - galán
    - garito
    - gustar
    - hacer
    - insomnio
    - intemperie
    - interlunio
    - interrogar
    - mesilla
    - mesita
    - plato
    - plena
    - pleno
    - por
    - resplandecer
    - rondar
    - soñar
    - tanta
    - tanto
    - toledana
    - toledano
    - vagar
    - vela
    - velador
    - bien
    - buró
    - comer
    - comprometer
    - doce
    - en
    English:
    ahead
    - all
    - all-night
    - alone
    - approve of
    - available
    - averse
    - battle
    - bedside lamp
    - bedside table
    - blunder
    - box
    - by
    - camp out
    - clock
    - cover
    - crack
    - cricket
    - crying
    - day
    - dead
    - deep
    - discuss
    - done
    - escort
    - evening
    - evening dress
    - evening gown
    - far
    - flicker
    - flurry
    - goblin
    - grapple
    - guest
    - have
    - informal
    - inn
    - into
    - late
    - lentil
    - long
    - love
    - midnight
    - mist
    - moonlit
    - moor
    - night
    - night-time
    - nightlong
    - nightly
    * * *
    noche nf
    1. [en oposición al día] night;
    [atardecer] evening;
    una noche cerrada a dark night;
    una noche de perros a foul night;
    el turno de noche the night shift;
    un lugar clásico de la noche neoyorquina a classic New York nightspot;
    a las diez de la noche at ten o'clock at night;
    a estas horas de la noche at this time of night;
    ayer (por la) noche last night;
    bien entrada la noche late at night;
    de noche at night;
    trabaja de noche she works nights;
    esta noche tonight;
    de noche, Esp [m5]por la noche, Am [m5]en la noche, Arg [m5] a la noche at night;
    mañana/el sábado Esp [m5] por la noche o Am [m5] en la noche o Arg [m5] a la noche tomorrow/Saturday night;
    salir de noche o Esp [m5] por la noche o Am [m5] en la noche o Arg [m5] a la noche to go out in the evening;
    toda la noche all night;
    vemos la tele todas las noches we watch the TV every night;
    mi manzanilla de todas las noches my nightly cup of camomile tea;
    buenas noches [saludo] good evening;
    [despedida] good night;
    hicimos noche en Puebla we spent the night in Puebla;
    noche y día [constantemente] day and night;
    pasar la noche en claro o [m5] vela [sin poder dormir] to have a sleepless night;
    [trabajando, cuidando de alguien] to be up all night;
    ser (como) o [m5] parecerse como la noche y el día to be as different as night and day;
    Esp Fam
    pasar una noche toledana to have a sleepless night, not to sleep a wink
    noche de bodas wedding night;
    la noche del estreno the first o opening night;
    noche temática [en televisión] themed evening
    2. [oscuridad]
    al caer o [m5] cuando cae la noche at nightfall;
    antes de que caiga la noche before nightfall, before it gets dark;
    hacerse de noche to get dark;
    a las cinco ya es de noche it's already dark by five o'clock;
    Literario
    en la noche de los tiempos in the mists of time
    * * *
    f night;
    ¡buenas noches! saludo good evening; despedida good night;
    de noche, por la noche, L.Am.
    en la noche at night;
    hacerse de noche get dark;
    muy de noche, muy entrada la noche well into the night;
    llegó a casa muy entrada la noche he got home very late;
    * * *
    noche nf
    1) : night, nighttime, evening
    2)
    buenas noches : good evening, good night
    3)
    por la noche : at night
    4)
    hacerse de noche : to get dark
    * * *
    Según la época del año y según la hora, teniendo en cuenta si los días son más o menos cortos, se puede decir evening en vez de night
    esta noche tonight / this evening
    mañana por la noche tomorrow night / tomorrow evening
    ayer (por la) noche last night / yesterday evening buenas noches como saludo se traduce por good evening, sea la hora que sea. Como despedida se traduce por good night

    Spanish-English dictionary > noche

  • 11 ὁ

    ὁ, [full] ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,
    A demonstr. Pronoun.
    B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.
    C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dual

    τοῖιν Od.18.34

    , al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ;

    οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404

     (anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ;

    τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11

     ;

    τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18

     ;

    τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e

     ;

    τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e

     ;

    τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75

     (τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484,

    ταῖν Lys.19.17

    , Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem.,

    μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν Schwyzer664.8

     (Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With ὁ, ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)
    A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):
    I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun,

    αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105

     ;

    τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186

    , cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.
    II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it,

    ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12

    , al.
    III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ;

    θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43

    , cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.
    IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.
    V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.
    VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter,

    ὁ δέ

     the former,

    Pl.Prt. 359e

    , Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts,

    ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595

     ;

    τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d

    , etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition,

    ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28

    , cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ;

    πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c

     ; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg.,

    ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6

     : sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν or

    ὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317

    -19, cf. 116 ;

    τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102

    , cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.
    2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g.

    τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ S.OC24

     ;

    τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b

     ;

    οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a

    , etc.
    3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite,

    ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41

     ;

    νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c

    , cf. Phlb. 13c.
    4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.
    5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a corresponding

    ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3

    , cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. by

    ἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304

     ; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ;

    τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843

    , etc. ;

    ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205

     (v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ;

    σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45

    , cf.

    μέν D.

     III ;

    γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d

    , cf. Tht. 181d.
    6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause,

    τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491

     ;

    τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3

    , cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose,

    ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87

     ;

    ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6

     : this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.
    7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.
    VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,
    1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v.

    ὅς A.

     II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc.,

    καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a

    , cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt.,

    καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61

    , al.
    2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such,

    τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b

     : but mostly in acc.,

    καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23

    , cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ;

    τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141

    , cf. 9.68 ;

    τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243

     ; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad,

    τὸν δ' ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν Thgn.398

    , cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.;

    τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53

     ; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.
    VIII abs. usages of single cases,
    1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose,

    τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12

    .
    b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ;

    τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46

     ;

    δελφῖνες τῇ καὶ τῇ ἐθύνεον ἰχθυάοντες Hes.Sc. 210

     :—only poet.
    c of Manner,

    τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν

     in this way, thus,

    Od.8.510

    .
    d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: without

    μέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48

    .
    e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.
    2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose,

    τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d

    , Sph. 230b.
    b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.
    3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6),

    τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37

     ;

    τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89

     ; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.
    4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; also

    τὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14

     ;

    τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14

     ;

    τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90

     : sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause,

    τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107

    ,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.
    5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.
    b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.;

    ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32

    , cf. A.Eu. 462 ;

    τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59

    .
    6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs.,

    ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90

    , Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.;

    ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71

     ;

    τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα μελάγγειον οὖσαν Plu.2.364c

     : in late Prose, also with Positives,

    ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47

     codd.; with

    πάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19

    , cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).
    B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst.,

    αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον

     the hindmost man,

    Il.11.178

     ;

    τὸν ἄριστον 17.80

     ;

    τὸν δύστηνον 22.59

     ;

    τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325

     ; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also in

    τῶν ἄλλων 2.674

    , al.: with Advs.,

    τὸ πρίν 24.543

    , al.;

    τὸ πάρος περ 17.720

     ;

    τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583

     ; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ;

    τὰ πρῶτα 1.6

    ,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ;

    ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559

    .—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.
    I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron.,

    τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5

     ; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12;

    οὐχ ὑπὲρ τὴν οὐσίαν ποιούμενοι τοὺς παῖδας Pl.R. 372b

    .
    b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of ὁ with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).
    c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.
    d for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc., v. καί B.2.
    2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type,

    οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109

    ;

    πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242

    , etc.
    b freq. with abstract Nouns,

    ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45

    , etc.
    3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.
    4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.
    5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.;

    τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148

     ; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.
    6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ;

    τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b

     ;

    ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d

    , cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ;

    ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8

     ;

    τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8

     : hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.
    7 before Prons.,
    a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc.,

    τὸν ἐμέ Pl.Tht. 166a

    ,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ;

    τὸν αὑτόν Id.Phdr. 258a

     ; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.
    b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.
    c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst.,

    ὁ τοιοῦτος

     that sort of person,

    X.Mem.4.2.21

    , etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art.,

    τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13

    .
    8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6,

    πολύς 11.3

    , etc.
    9 the Art. with the [comp] Comp. is rare, if ἤ follows, S.Ant. 313, OC 796.
    II elliptic expressions:
    1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.
    2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers.,

    τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48

    . But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, as

    τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86

     ; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.
    3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.
    4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.
    5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as ὁ, ἡ, τὸ νῦν;

    ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52

     ; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., as

    κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266

    , cf.[315] (lyr.);

    ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412

    (lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ;

    τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731

    .
    C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, as

    κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262

    , cf. 1.300, al. ;

    Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526

    (lyr.);

    Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86

     ; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets,

    ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3

    , cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag.,

    τῆς S.OC 1258

    , Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.);

    τῷ S.Ph.14

     ;

    τήν Id.OC 747

    , Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg.

    τεῦ Il.18.192

    (s.v.l.).
    D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:
    a [dialect] Att. ὁ, ἡ, τό, with [pron. full] ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ.
    b other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g., [dialect] Dor. ὡξ from

    ὁ ἐξ Theoc.1.65

    , ὥλαφος from ὁ ἔλαφος ib. 135 ; [dialect] Ion. ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς- SIG57.45 (Milet., v B.C.) ; ὡυτή from

    ἡ αὐτή Heraclit.60

    , etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὁ

  • 12 AF

    of
    * * *
    prep. w. dat.
    I. Of place:
    1) off, from;
    G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;
    ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;
    Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;
    Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;
    hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;
    Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;
    tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;
    bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;
    hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;
    vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;
    muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;
    rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;
    vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;
    lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;
    vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;
    2) out of;
    verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;
    gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;
    Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.
    Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.
    II. Of time; past, beyond:
    af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;
    ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;
    þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;
    var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.
    III. In various other relations:
    1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;
    hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;
    vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;
    féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;
    þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;
    þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;
    ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;
    2) off, of;
    höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;
    vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;
    þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;
    absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;
    fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;
    3) of, among;
    hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;
    4) with;
    hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;
    fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;
    5) of (= ór which is more frequent);
    húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;
    6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;
    hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;
    7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;
    ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;
    kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;
    8) by, of (after passive);
    ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;
    ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;
    9) on account of, by reason of, by;
    úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;
    ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;
    af ástæld hans, by his popularity;
    af því, therefore;
    af hví, wherefor why;
    af því at, because;
    10) by means of, by;
    framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;
    af sínu fé, by one’s own means;
    absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;
    11) with adjectives, in regard to;
    mildr af fé, liberal of money;
    góðr af griðum, merciful;
    12) used absol. with a verb, off away;
    hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;
    ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;
    sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.
    * * *
    prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.
    A. Loc.
    I. With motion, off, from:
    1. prop. corresp. to á,
    α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.
    β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.
    γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.
    δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.
    ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.
    ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).
    2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).
    II. WITHOUT MOTION:
    1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.
    2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.
    β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.
    γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.
    3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.
    β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.
    4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.
    B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:
    1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.
    2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.
    3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.
    C. In various other relations:
    I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.
    1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.
    2. where an object is taken by force:
    α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.
    β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.
    γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.
    3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.
    β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.
    II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.
    β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.
    γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.
    2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.
    β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.
    γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.
    δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.
    3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.
    III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.
    2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.
    IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:
    1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.
    β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.
    2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.
    β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.
    V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:
    1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.
    2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.
    VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:
    1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.
    β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.
    2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.
    β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.
    3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.
    4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.
    5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.
    VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:
    1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.
    β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.
    2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.
    VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.
    IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.
    β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;
    γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.
    δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.
    X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.
    2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.
    XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).
    D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:
    I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.
    II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF

  • 13 niño

    m.
    boy, kid, child, innocent.
    * * *
    ► nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 (gen) child; (chico) boy, little boy; (chica) girl, little girl
    2 (bebé) baby
    ■ ¿para cuándo es el niño? when is the baby due?
    ■ no seas niño y acábate la cena don't be such a baby, eat up your dinner!
    1 children, kids
    \
    de niño,-a as a child
    desde niño,-a from childhood
    ... ni que niño muerto familiar my foot!
    ■ ¡qué moto ni qué niño muerto! motorbike, my foot!
    querer a alguien como a la niña de sus ojos to adore somebody, have a soft spot for somebody
    ser como la niña de sus ojos para alguien to be the apple of somebody's eye
    niño,-a bien rich kid
    niño,-a bonito,-a (de los padres) spoilt child 2 (de otros) pet
    niño,-a burbuja baby in the bubble
    niño,-a probeta test-tube baby
    niño de papá rich kid
    niño pera familiar daddy's boy
    * * *
    (f. - niña)
    noun
    child, boy / girl
    * * *
    niño, -a
    1. ADJ
    1) (=joven) young; pey childish

    ¡no seas niño! — don't be so childish!

    2) And [fruta] green, unripe
    2. SM / F
    1) (=crío) child, (little) boy/(little) girl

    desde niño — since childhood, since I etc was a child

    niño/a bien, niño/a bonito/a — Hooray Henry *

    niño/a de la calle — street kid

    niño/a expósito/a — foundling

    niño/a pera, niño/a pijo/a — * pampered child, daddy's boy/girl

    niño/a prodigio/a — child prodigy

    niño/a terrible — enfant terrible

    2) (=bebé) baby

    cuando nazca el niño — when the baby is born, when the child is born

    niño/a azul — blue baby

    el Niño de la bola — (lit) the infant Jesus; (fig) fortune's favourite

    niño/a de pecho — babe-in-arms

    el Niño Jesús — the Christ-child; [con menos formalidad] the Baby Jesus

    niño/a probeta — test-tube baby

    3) * [uso apelativo]

    ¡niño, que te vas a caer! — watch out, lad, you're going to fall!

    ¡niña, no seas tan tonta! — don't be such a silly girl!

    4) LAm ( esp Hist) (=título) master/mistress, sir/miss
    5) Cono Sur undesirable
    niña
    * * *
    I
    - ña adjetivo
    a) ( joven) young
    b) (infantil, inmaduro) immature, childish
    II
    - ña masculino, femenino
    a) (m) boy, child; (f) girl, child; ( bebé) baby

    ¿te gustan los niños? — do you like children?

    estar como (un) niño con zapatos nuevos — to be like a child with a new toy

    b) ( con respecto a los padres) (m) son, child; (f) daughter, child
    c) ( adulto joven) (m) (young) boy, (young) guy (colloq); (f) (young) girl
    d) (AmL) ( término de respeto) (m) young master; (f) young lady

    ¿la niña Lupita va a cenar en casa? — will Miss Lupita be dining in this evening?

    * * *
    = child [children, -pl.], infant, kid, kiddy [kiddie], baby boy, kidlet.
    Ex. There are many catalogs and each of them functions in a different world -- the worlds of the school child and of the college student, the worlds of the eminent scholar and of the casual reader.
    Ex. The article 'Sitting pretty: infants, toddlers, & lapsits' outlines the procedures followed at San Francisco public library to help parents introduce their babies to appropriate literature.
    Ex. He said they try to arrange special visits to cultural institutions and attend concerts, and that the kids have an opportunity to speak with people connected with the event afterwards.
    Ex. If they can do it for the kiddies, perhaps they can do it for the adults too.
    Ex. With a conception calendar you can choose to conceive on the days that Nature has chosen for a baby boy or a baby girl.
    Ex. Kidlets age 6 and up will be tied up for hours assembling and playing with these packs of different pirate ships, dinosaurs, airplanes or alien creatures.
    ----
    * acuéstate con niños y amanecerás meado = lie down with dogs and you get fleas.
    * adaptado especialmente para niños = child-friendly.
    * a prueba de niños = childproof.
    * centrado en el niño = child-centred [child-centered, -USA].
    * comida para niños = baby food.
    * Consejo para los Niños Excepcionales (CEC) = Council for Exceptional Children (CEC).
    * crianza de niños = parenting.
    * criar niños = rear + children, raise + children, child rearing.
    * cuando era niño = as a boy.
    * cuidado de niños = child care [childcare].
    * cuidador de niños = childminder.
    * custodia de los niños = child custody.
    * edad en la que un niño aprende a andar = toddlerhood.
    * escuela de niños menores = infant school.
    * juego de niños = child's play, children's play, children's play.
    * mentalidad de niño = juvenile mentality.
    * niño abandonado = waif.
    * niño adoptado = adopted child.
    * niño adoptivo = adopted child.
    * niño cambiado = changeling.
    * niño chico = young child, young kid.
    * niño con necesidades especiales = special needs child.
    * niño consentido = spoilt brat.
    * niño de edad escolar = school-age child.
    * niño de la calle = waif.
    * niño de la llave = latchkey child.
    * niño desvalido = deprived child.
    * niño en edad escolar = school-age child.
    * niño en edad preescolar = preschooler.
    * niño joven = young boy.
    * niño malcriado = spoilt brat, brat.
    * niño mimado = darling, spoilt brat.
    * niño pequeño = toddler, little child.
    * niño problemático = problem child.
    * niño prodigio = child prodigy.
    * niño que recibe la educación escolar en su casa = homeschooler [home schooler].
    * niños = children [child, -sing.].
    * niños entre cinco y siete años = five-to-sevens.
    * niños, los = small fry, the.
    * niños nacidos fuera del matrimonio = children born out of the wedlock.
    * niño travieso = naughty boy.
    * obra de teatro para niños = children's play.
    * para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.
    * piscina inflable para niños = paddling pool, wading pool.
    * piscina para niños = wading pool, paddling pool, wading pool.
    * problema con los niños de la llave = latchkey problem.
    * propio de niña = girlish.
    * propio de niño = boyish.
    * proteger Algo para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.
    * tener niños = have + children.
    * tener un niño = have + a baby.
    * tráfico de niños = trafficking in children.
    * trata de niños = trafficking in children.
    * Virgen y el Niño = Madonna and Child.
    * * *
    I
    - ña adjetivo
    a) ( joven) young
    b) (infantil, inmaduro) immature, childish
    II
    - ña masculino, femenino
    a) (m) boy, child; (f) girl, child; ( bebé) baby

    ¿te gustan los niños? — do you like children?

    estar como (un) niño con zapatos nuevos — to be like a child with a new toy

    b) ( con respecto a los padres) (m) son, child; (f) daughter, child
    c) ( adulto joven) (m) (young) boy, (young) guy (colloq); (f) (young) girl
    d) (AmL) ( término de respeto) (m) young master; (f) young lady

    ¿la niña Lupita va a cenar en casa? — will Miss Lupita be dining in this evening?

    * * *
    = child [children, -pl.], infant, kid, kiddy [kiddie], baby boy, kidlet.

    Ex: There are many catalogs and each of them functions in a different world -- the worlds of the school child and of the college student, the worlds of the eminent scholar and of the casual reader.

    Ex: The article 'Sitting pretty: infants, toddlers, & lapsits' outlines the procedures followed at San Francisco public library to help parents introduce their babies to appropriate literature.
    Ex: He said they try to arrange special visits to cultural institutions and attend concerts, and that the kids have an opportunity to speak with people connected with the event afterwards.
    Ex: If they can do it for the kiddies, perhaps they can do it for the adults too.
    Ex: With a conception calendar you can choose to conceive on the days that Nature has chosen for a baby boy or a baby girl.
    Ex: Kidlets age 6 and up will be tied up for hours assembling and playing with these packs of different pirate ships, dinosaurs, airplanes or alien creatures.
    * acuéstate con niños y amanecerás meado = lie down with dogs and you get fleas.
    * adaptado especialmente para niños = child-friendly.
    * a prueba de niños = childproof.
    * centrado en el niño = child-centred [child-centered, -USA].
    * comida para niños = baby food.
    * Consejo para los Niños Excepcionales (CEC) = Council for Exceptional Children (CEC).
    * crianza de niños = parenting.
    * criar niños = rear + children, raise + children, child rearing.
    * cuando era niño = as a boy.
    * cuidado de niños = child care [childcare].
    * cuidador de niños = childminder.
    * custodia de los niños = child custody.
    * edad en la que un niño aprende a andar = toddlerhood.
    * escuela de niños menores = infant school.
    * juego de niños = child's play, children's play, children's play.
    * mentalidad de niño = juvenile mentality.
    * niño abandonado = waif.
    * niño adoptado = adopted child.
    * niño adoptivo = adopted child.
    * niño cambiado = changeling.
    * niño chico = young child, young kid.
    * niño con necesidades especiales = special needs child.
    * niño consentido = spoilt brat.
    * niño de edad escolar = school-age child.
    * niño de la calle = waif.
    * niño de la llave = latchkey child.
    * niño desvalido = deprived child.
    * niño en edad escolar = school-age child.
    * niño en edad preescolar = preschooler.
    * niño joven = young boy.
    * niño malcriado = spoilt brat, brat.
    * niño mimado = darling, spoilt brat.
    * niño pequeño = toddler, little child.
    * niño problemático = problem child.
    * niño prodigio = child prodigy.
    * niño que recibe la educación escolar en su casa = homeschooler [home schooler].
    * niños = children [child, -sing.].
    * niños entre cinco y siete años = five-to-sevens.
    * niños, los = small fry, the.
    * niños nacidos fuera del matrimonio = children born out of the wedlock.
    * niño travieso = naughty boy.
    * obra de teatro para niños = children's play.
    * para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.
    * piscina inflable para niños = paddling pool, wading pool.
    * piscina para niños = wading pool, paddling pool, wading pool.
    * problema con los niños de la llave = latchkey problem.
    * propio de niña = girlish.
    * propio de niño = boyish.
    * proteger Algo para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.
    * tener niños = have + children.
    * tener un niño = have + a baby.
    * tráfico de niños = trafficking in children.
    * trata de niños = trafficking in children.
    * Virgen y el Niño = Madonna and Child.

    * * *
    niño1 -ña
    1 (joven) young
    es muy niña para casarse she's very young to be getting married
    2 (infantil, inmaduro) immature, childish
    no seas tan niño don't be so childish!
    niño2 -ña
    masculine, feminine
    1 ( masculine) boy, child; ( feminine) girl, child; (bebé) baby
    ¿te gustan los niños? do you like children?
    de niño era muy tímido he was very shy as a child o when he was young o when he was little
    ¡niño! ¿qué forma de hablar es ésa? Michael! ( o Richard! etc) that's no way to talk!, that's no way to talk, young man o my boy!
    ¡niña! esas cosas no se dicen Sally! ( o Stephanie! etc) don't say things like that!, don't say things like that, you naughty girl!
    estar como un niño con zapatos nuevos to be like a child with a new toy
    2 (con respecto a los padres) ( masculine) son, child; ( feminine) daughter, child
    la niña de mi hermana tiene tres años my sister's daughter o child o little girl is three
    tengo que llevar a la niña al dentista I have to take Pilar ( o Ana etc) to the dentist, I have to take my daughter to the dentist
    está esperando un niño she's expecting a baby
    ¿y qué tuvo? ¿un niño o una niña? what did she have, a boy or a girl?
    3
    (adulto joven): tiene 60 años y se ha casado con una niña de 20 he's 60 and he's married a (young) girl of 20
    sale con un niño francés she's going out with a (young) French boy o ( colloq) guy
    4 ( AmL) (término de respeto) ( masculine) young master; ( feminine) young lady
    ¿la niña Lupita va a cenar en casa? will Miss Lupita be dining in this evening?
    Compuestos:
    feminine: la niñoa bonita number fifteen
    ● niño bien, niña bien
    masculine, feminine rich kid ( colloq)
    ● niño bonito, niña bonita
    masculine, feminine ( Esp) rich kid ( colloq)
    ● niño de brazos, niña de brazos
    masculine, feminine babe-in-arms
    ( period); masculine whipping boy, scapegoat
    ● niño de pañales, niña de pañales
    masculine, feminine small o young baby
    ● niño de pecho, niña de pecho
    masculine, feminine small o young baby
    ● Niño Jesús or Dios
    masculine: el niño Jesús or Dios Baby Jesus
    ● niño mimado, niña mimada
    masculine, feminine favorite*, pet
    ● niño pera, niña pera
    masculine, feminine ( Esp) rich kid ( colloq)
    ● niño pijo, niña pija
    masculine, feminine ( Esp) rich kid ( colloq)
    ● niño probeta, niña probeta
    masculine, feminine test-tube baby
    ● niño prodigio, niña prodigio
    masculine, feminine child prodigy
    ● niño soldado, niña soldado
    masculine, feminine child soldier
    (de carne) beef olives (pl); (de repollo) stuffed cabbage leaves (pl)
    * * *

     

    niño
    ◊ -ña adjetivo ( joven) young;


    (infantil, inmaduro) immature, childish
    ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino
    a) (m) boy, child;

    (f) girl, child;
    ( bebé) baby;
    ◊ ¿te gustan los niños? do you like children?;

    de niño as a child;
    niño bien rich kid (colloq);
    niño de pecho small o young baby;
    el niño mimado de la maestra the teacher's favorite( conjugate favorite) o pet;
    niño prodigio child prodigy

    (f) daughter, child;

    niño,-a
    I sustantivo masculino y femenino child: tiene dos niños y una niña, he has two sons and a daughter
    va a tener un niño, she's expecting a baby
    de niño, as a child
    II adjetivo (persona infantil) child
    ♦ Locuciones: la niña de tus ojos, the apple of one's eye
    ' niño' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    aberración
    - abrigada
    - abrigado
    - ahijada
    - ahijado
    - asistencia
    - balbuceo
    - barrio
    - berrear
    - berrido
    - bicho
    - bien
    - bisnieta
    - bisnieto
    - bombón
    - bonita
    - bonito
    - botija
    - buena
    - bueno
    - caca
    - calor
    - cargar
    - cartera
    - clavada
    - clavado
    - condenada
    - condenado
    - conflictiva
    - conflictivo
    - crianza
    - criatura
    - daño
    - dejar
    - derecha
    - derecho
    - dormir
    - edad
    - educada
    - educado
    - enferma
    - enfermo
    - escolar
    - existencia
    - extremar
    - fiebre
    - ir
    - gas
    - gorrina
    - gorrino
    English:
    any
    - astonishing
    - baby
    - baby buggy
    - baby carriage
    - batter
    - boggle
    - bonnet
    - boo-boo
    - bounce
    - boy
    - bring up
    - buggy
    - busily
    - child
    - child prodigy
    - clown around
    - congenital
    - console
    - cub scout
    - cute
    - disobedient
    - dyslexia
    - erratic
    - formative
    - foster
    - foster child
    - from
    - girl
    - growing
    - highchair
    - horror
    - indulge
    - indulgence
    - infant
    - it
    - jelly baby
    - keep in
    - kid
    - let off
    - little
    - mischief
    - mischievous
    - mommy
    - naughty
    - outcry
    - outwardly
    - overgrown
    - pat
    - play pen
    * * *
    niño, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [pequeño, joven] young
    2. Pey [infantil, inmaduro] childish
    ♦ nm,f
    1. [crío] [varón] child, boy;
    [hembra] child, girl; [bebé] baby;
    los niños the children;
    ¿es niño o niña? is it a boy or a girl?;
    de niño era muy gordo he was very fat as a child;
    desde niño from childhood;
    estar como un niño con zapatos nuevos to be as pleased as punch;
    Fam
    ni qué niño muerto: es culpa de la crisis – ¡qué crisis ni qué niño muerto! it's the fault of the recession – don't give me that recession stuff!;
    ser el niño bonito de alguien to be sb's pet o blue-eyed boy
    Pey niño bien rich kid;
    niños envueltos [plato] beef olives;
    el niño Jesús the Baby Jesus;
    niño mimado spoilt child;
    niño de pecho tiny baby;
    niño probeta test-tube baby;
    niño prodigio child prodigy;
    niño de teta tiny baby
    2. [hijo] son;
    [hija] daughter;
    tuvo dos niñas con su primera mujer he had two daughters by his first wife
    3. [joven] young boy, f young girl
    RP niños cantores = children who sing the results of the state lottery
    4. Meteo
    el Niño el Niño;
    la Niña la Niña
    5. Am salvo RP [amo] master, f mistress;
    hay que planchar la ropa de la niña Ana Miss Anna's clothes need ironing
    6. Col niña del servicio maid, servant girl
    7. Cuba [como apelativo] dear;
    ¡niño!, ¿por dónde se va a la estación de tren? which way is it to the railway station, dear?
    LOS NIÑOS HÊROES
    When the United States invaded Mexico in the war of 1847, its troops laid seige to the military academy in Chapultepec castle, then on the outskirts of Mexico City. Despite an order to flee to their homes, the military cadets refused to leave, and six who died in the fighting are commemorated as the Niños Héroes. The youngest was aged just 13 and none was older than 20. Despite some doubts which have been raised about the more colourful aspects of the legend (e.g. wrapping themselves in the national flag and leaping to their deaths from the battlements), they remain among the most honoured figures in Mexico's pantheon of national heroes. When US president Harry Truman placed a wreath at their monument on a visit to Mexico in 1947, the gesture went down very well, so much so that President Clinton repeated it in 1997.
    * * *
    I adj young; desp
    childish;
    ¡no seas niño! don’t be childish!
    II m
    1 boy;
    como niño con zapatos nuevos like a child with a new toy
    2 forma de cortesía young man
    3
    :
    niños pl children
    * * *
    niño, -ña n
    : child, boy m, girl f
    * * *
    2. (bebé) baby [pl. babies]
    3. (chico) boy / little boy

    Spanish-English dictionary > niño

  • 14 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 15 BERA

    * * *
    I)
    (ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.
    I.
    1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);
    bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;
    bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;
    bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;
    2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);
    bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;
    3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);
    4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;
    kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;
    absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;
    the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;
    verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;
    þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;
    borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;
    Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;
    borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;
    5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;
    bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;
    bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;
    verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;
    borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;
    þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;
    borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;
    6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);
    þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;
    fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);
    of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);
    absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;
    similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;
    bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;
    hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?
    hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;
    bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;
    7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);
    bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);
    bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;
    bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;
    bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;
    bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;
    bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;
    bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;
    bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;
    refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);
    8) to set forth, report, tell;
    bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);
    bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;
    bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;
    bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;
    bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;
    bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;
    eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;
    9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);
    bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);
    bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;
    bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;
    bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;
    bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;
    10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);
    bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;
    hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;
    bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;
    bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;
    bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;
    bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;
    11) with preps.:
    bera af e-m, to surpass;
    en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;
    bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;
    bera eld at, to set fire to;
    bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;
    bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);
    bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);
    bera e-t um, to wind round;
    þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;
    bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;
    bera út barn, to expose a child;
    12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);
    láta af berast, to die;
    láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);
    berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);
    at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;
    berast vápn á, to attack one another;
    berast at or til, to happen;
    þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;
    ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;
    berast í móti, to happen, occur;
    hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;
    berast við, to be prevented;
    ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;
    II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;
    alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);
    bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;
    esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;
    þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;
    Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;
    ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;
    e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;
    hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);
    2) followed by preps.:
    Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;
    hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;
    e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;
    Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;
    e-t berr á milli, comes between;
    leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;
    fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;
    mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;
    veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;
    e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;
    bera saman, to coincide;
    bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;
    fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;
    fund várn bar saman, we met;
    3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;
    svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;
    þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;
    bar honum svá til, it so befell him;
    þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;
    raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;
    4) of time, to fall upon;
    ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;
    bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;
    5) denoting cause;
    e-t berr til, causes a thing;
    konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;
    ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;
    berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;
    6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;
    hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;
    e-t berr frá, is surpassing;
    er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;
    7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;
    e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;
    8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;
    e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);
    used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).
    (að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).
    * * *
    1.
    u, f.
    I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.
    II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.
    2.
    bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].
    A. Lat. ferre, portare:
    I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.
    2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.
    3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.
    II. without a sense of motion:
    1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.
    β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.
    2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:
    α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.
    β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.
    3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:
    α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.
    β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.
    III. in law terms or modes of procedure:
    1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)
    2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.
    β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.
    B. Various and metaph. cases.
    I. denoting motion:
    1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.
    β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.
    2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.
    II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidence … to do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.
    2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.
    III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.
    IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.
    β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.
    γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.
    C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:
    I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.
    β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.
    γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.
    2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.
    II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.
    2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.
    3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.
    4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.
    β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.
    γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.
    5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.
    β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.
    III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.
    IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.
    D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA

  • 16 VIÐ

    I)
    prep. with dat. and acc.
    I. with dat.
    hann sló honum niðr v. steininum, he dashed his head against the stone;
    hús liggja v. velli, the houses lie in ruins;
    kasta sér niðr v. velli, to cast oneself down on the ground;
    er inn efri kjöptr v. himni, en inn neðri við jörðu, the upper jaw touches the heaven, the lower the earth;
    hann hjó hann upp v. garðinum, he smote him close by the fence;
    skera af sér strenginn við øxinni, to cut the string, asunder against the axe;
    2) against, towards, of direction;
    horfa v. e-m, to look towards, face;
    3) along with (hann hafði marga smiðu v. sér);
    4) with, of an instrument (jarl hljóp upp v. sverði);
    5) among;
    gengu síðan í sæti sin v. öðrum mönnum, among other men;
    6) denoting barter, exchange, against, for (geta gull v. grjóti);
    7) denoting remedy, against (hjálpa e-m v. e-u);
    8) against, denoting contest, warding off (hafa liðsafla v. e-m);
    hafa (viz. afl) v. e-m, to be one’s match;
    9) ellipt. usages;
    stinga v. fótum, to stop;
    hrífa v., to catch hold;
    risa v., to withstand;
    hvatz hann fiðr v., whatsoever he may object;
    II. with acc.
    1) by, at, close to (sníða skeggit við hökuna);
    skjöldr við skjöld, shield to shield;
    v. Sandhólaferju, at Sandholferry;
    v. veginn, by the wayside;
    v. ána, by the river;
    draga segl v. hún, to hoist the sail to the top;
    festa e-n v. meið, tré, to fasten to a pole, tree;
    binda v. fót e-s, to bind up a broken leg;
    dró upp flóka v. austr, in the east;
    2) of time, towards, at;
    v. solar-setr, at sunset;
    v. sól, with the sun, at sunrise;
    v. aptan, towards evening;
    3) at, by (vera heima v. bú sitt);
    Hrútr var v. skip um sumarit, H. stayed by his ship during the summer;
    sitja v. stýri, to sit at the rudder;
    styðja sik v. e-t, to lean on;
    ganga v. staf, to walk with a staff;
    vera v. e-t, to be present at;
    sitja v. drykk, to sit at drink;
    í sýn v. bœinn, within sight of the town;
    5) denoting company, with (bauð þeim heim vill alla sína menn);
    v. annan, þriðja, fjórða mann, being two, three, four altogether;
    6) towards (a person or thing), respecting, regarding (mildr, blíðr, góðr v. e-n);
    til gæzlu v. e-n: for keeping, watching one;
    hræddr v. e-n, afraid of one;
    7) of cause, by, at;
    falla v. högg, to fall by a stroke;
    sigla v. stjörnuljós, to sail by starlight;
    verða reiðr v. e-t, to become wroth at;
    8) as compared with, set off against (þrjóta mun okkr illsku v. þik);
    eigi minna virðr en v. konunginn, of equal worth with the king;
    9) according to, after (gera klæði v. vöxt e-s);
    v. sik, in proportion;
    hann var skapaðr allr v. sik, well shaped, symmetrical;
    vita, hvat v. sik væri, to know what was the matter;
    10) denoting means, with, by (v. þessar fortölur);
    tendra eld v. e-t, to make fire by;
    11) ellipt. usages;
    bregða við, to start;
    hann þagði v., he remained silent;
    fá v. þrjú skip, to add three ships;
    þurfa v., to need;
    bjarga, hjálpa e-u v., to help, put right;
    koma e-u við, to bring about.
    (gen. -jar, pl. -jar), f. withy, withe; collar (viðjar af gulli).
    pers. pron. dual, we two.
    * * *
    1.
    f., gen. sing. viðjar, pl. viðjar, [Dan. vidje; Engl. withy; akin is víðir, q. v.]:— a withy or with; síðan var viðin ( a withy halter) dregin á hals honum, Fms. vii. 13 (see v. l.); þarmarnir urðu at viðu (sic) sterkri, Fas. iii. 34; ef röng eða viðjar slitna, Jb. 398; var enginn saumr í, en viðjar fyrir kné, of a boat, Fms. vii. 216; höggva tré til viðja, K. Þ. K. 88; viðjar af gulli ok silfri, on a dog, Hkr. i. 136, Fas. iii. 45; tún-svín þat er hringr, knappr eða við sé í rana, Grág. ii. 232; stjórn-við, the ‘rudder-withy,’ the strap in which the paddle-like rudder moved, like the ζευκτηρίαι in Act. Apost. xxvii. 40.
    2.
    pron. pers. dual (= vit), we two (see ek C); this spelling, which is also that of the oldest vellums, answers to the mod. pronunciation, passim: in mod. usage it has quite taken the place of the old plur. vér.
    3.
    prep., also used ellipt. without its case, or simply as an adverb; við is a curtailed form of viðr, which latter form remains in a few compds, even in mod. usage, thus, viðr-eign, viðr-kenna, viðr-nefni, viðr-lífi, viðr-væri; when found singly, við is the common form in Icel.; but as in MSS. it is commonly abbreviated, v̾, the two forms are hardly distinguishable; við, however, is received as the usual form, viðr being more freq. in Norse vellums, and in some later Icel. vellums imitating the Norse spelling: [Goth. wiþra = πρός; A. S. wider; cp. Scot. wither-shins; O. H. G. widar; Germ. wieder; but Engl. with; Dan. ved; Swed. wäd]:—against, towards, etc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Against, denoting a leaning or resting on, striking against, or the like; hann hjó hann upp við garðinum, smote him standing against the wall, Nj. 120; stinga höndum við berginu, Symb. 59; ganga við brekkunni, up-hill, against the hill, cp. Lat. adversus montem, Valla L. 212; skjóta við honum skildinum, Fms. i. 44; ljósta skildi við kesjunni, Eg. 378; hann spyrndi við svá fast … spyrna við grunni, Edda 36; kasta sér niðr við vellinum, Nj. 58; leggja e-n við velli, Boll. 344; slá honum niðr við steininum, dashed his head against the stone, Finnb. 292; hann drap hann við borðinu, Korm. 236; hjó af honum höfuð við stokkinum, Fas. ii. 285; ok lagði (þá) við stokki, Am. 73; hús liggja við velli, lie down in ruins, Fms. iii. 144; er hinn efri kjöptr við himni enn hinn neðri við jörðu, the upper jaw touching the heaven, the lower the earth, Edda 41; skera af sér strenginn við öxinni, rubbing it against the axe, Nj. 136; vóru segl hans at sjá við hafi, the sails were seen out at sea, far in the offing, Fas. ii. 403.
    II. against, towards, of direction; gapa við tunglinu, Fas. iii. 622; horfa við e-m, to look towards, face, Eg. 293; horfa baki við e-m, Hkr. iii. 384; líta við e-m, Nj. 132, Fms. i. 125, vii. 314; horfa vid landi, A.A. 24; snúa baki við e-m, Fas. i. 296; snúask við e-m, Hkr. ii. 120.
    III. along with, with, denoting company; hann hafði við sér harpara einn, Str. 57; hann hafði marga smiðu við sér, Fms. ix. 377; fór Margaðr ok Guthormr við honum, Hkr. iii. 113; at Ástríðr mundi vera við feðr sínum, i. 188; er hér ok Sigurðr við jarli, Fms. ix. 327; hann var þar upp fæddr við henni, x. 421; bjóðum vér þér við Hákoni þangat, ix. 252; ferr heim við sínum mönnum, Rd. 312; fór hann við liði sínu, Hkr. iii. 44; við hundrað skipum, Fas. i. 461; gengr síðan í sæti sín við oðrum mönnum, Fms. x. 17; bað biskup ríða við sér (= með sér), 6.
    2. with, of an instrument; jarl hljóp upp við sverði, Fms. ix. 340; sjau menn við vápnum, viii. 14; gengu tveir menn við merkjum, x. 15: the phrase, eiga, ala, geta barn við kouu, Grág., Fms. i. 113, iii. 110, Ld. 102, Eg. 31; merrin fékk við þeim hesti, Landn. 195.
    3. spec. usages; við góðum vinskap, Boll. 362; halda vináttu við föstum trúnaði, Fms. ix. 375; at þær sagnir muni vera við sannindum, true, viii. 6; at berjask við honum eðr við honum lífit láta, ix. 332; fara við herskildi … eyða land við eldi, x. 134; ausa e-t við moldu, Hkr. i. 220; skipuðu mörgum hlutum við (with, among) sínum mönnum, Fms. x. 91; gengu síðan í sæti sín við öðrum mönnum, among other men, 17; skreiðask fram við (= með) landinu, viii. 437.
    4. = ok, with, together with; Þórr við Grimni = Th. and G., Hallfred; höfuð við hjarta, head and heart, Kormak.
    B. METAPH. USAGES:
    I. denoting barter, exchange, against, for (like Gr. ἀντί); gefa gull við grjóti, Fas. iii. 45; selja við verði, Fms. i. 80; seldu mik við hleifi, Hm.; við litlu verði, Eg. 100; við fémútu, Nj. 215; meta e-t við silfri, Fms. x. 5; gefa margra manna líf við yðvarri þrályndi, iv. 194.
    2. denoting remedy, against; beiti við bit-sóttum en við bölvi rúnar, Hm. 140; hjálpa e-m við e-u, to help against, passim.
    II. against, denoting contest, warding off, withstanding; hafa afla við e-m, Lv. 43; hafa liðs-afla, liðs-kost við e-m, Ld. 372, Hkr. i. 272: ellipt., hafa (viz. afi) við e-m, to be one’s match, Lv. 109; þótti sem engi mundi hafa við þeim í vígi, Nj. 89; eg hefi ekki við þér, I cannot lift with (i. e. am no match for) thee; ábyrgjask e-t við e-u, Grág. ii. 216, 364; forða e-m við háska, Edda i. 116; halda þá við ágangi Hákonar, Fms. i. 224; varðveita e-n við e-u, Grág.; ekki hélzk við þeim, Eg. 125; rísa við e-m, Sturl. ii. 119; vera búinn, van-búinn við e-m, Ld. 324; sat hann þar við áhlaupum Dana, Fms. i. 28; vinna við sköpum, Fas. i. 199; sporna við e-u, göra við e-u, see göra, sporna; ef þat nemr við förinni, Ld. 70 (see nema A.I. 7, 8); mæla við e-u, Hkr. ii. 198; tölðu allir við förinni, Greg. 28; setja hug sinn við e-u, Fms. x. 232; kveða nei við e-u, Sturl. i. 27; drepa hendi við e-u, Hkr. ii. 164; reiðask við e-u, Nj. 182; e-m ríss hugr við e-u, Fas. i. 30; mér býðr við e-u, to loathe; sjá við e-u, to shun; varna við e-u, to beware of; vera hætt við e-u, in danger of, Ísl. ii. 262; ú-hætt við e-u, safe, Landn. 319.
    III. with verbs;liggja við e-u, to lie on the verge of; honum lá við falli, Fas. iii. 261; búið við skipbroti, Ísl. ii. 245; honum var við andhlaupi, Eg. 553; sjá, horfa, líta … við e-u, to look towards; taka við e-u, to receive; búask við e-u, to prepare for, expect, Ld. 106; verða vel, ílla, við e-u, to behave well, ill, on some occasion; komask við veðri, see veðr.
    IV. ellipt. usages; þeir snerusk þá við, turned round, facing, Nj. 245; hón drap við hendi, Lv. 38; hann laust við atgeirinum, Nj. 84.; hann stakk við forkinum, Eg. 220; hann stakk við fótum, stopped, Finnb. 300; hrífa við, to catch hold, Bs. i. 197, 423, Gísl. 125; búask við, to make oneself ready; göra við, to resist; rísa við, to withstand, Fs.; at ek bjóða við tvenn verð, Ld. 146; hvatz hinn fiðr við, whatsoever he may object, Nj. 99; taka við, to begin where another stops; þú skalt gefa mér við ( in return) verjuna, Fbr.
    WITH ACC.
    A. By, at, close to:
    I. denoting proximity; skjöldr við skjöld, shield to shield, in a row, Nj. 125; skip við skip, Ó. H. (in a verse); samnask hlutr við hlut, Rb. 108; hálsinn við herðarnar, Ld. 40; sníða skeggið við hökuna, Eg. 564; við bryggju-sporðinn, Fms. i. 14; grafa barn við kirkju-garð út, K. Þ. K.; uppi við fjallit, Eg. 137; við Sandhóla-ferju, Nj. 29; við vaðit, 83; við veginn, by the way-side, Fb. ii. 330; hér við ána, by the river, Ld. 46; búa við Þjórsá, Nj. 93; liggja við land, Fms. i. 14; við Ísland, Grág.; binda stein við hálsinn, Ld. 154; draga segl við hún, hoist sail to the top, Hkr. ii. 6; reka spora við eyra e-m, Nj. 82; festa e-n við meið, tré, to fasten to a pole, a tree, Glúm. 391; nísta við gólfit, to pin it to the floor (see nista); binda við fót e-s, to bind up a broken leg, Bárð. 167; dró upp flóka við austr, in the east, Vígl. 22.
    2. temporal, towards, at; við vetr sjálfan, Fms. ii. 97; Krók. 51 C; við sólar-setr, Fas. i. 514; við sól, with the sun, at sunrise. Eg. 717; við aptan, towards evening, Grág. (Kb.) ii. 143; við þat sjálft, at that moment, Fms. xi. 432; bregða í kross við hvert orð, at every word, K. Þ. K.; vera við aldr, to be stricken in years, Eb. 18, Ísl. ii. 192, Fms. ii. 81; ef barn er við dauða, on the point to die, N. G. L. i. 345; við sjálft, on the verge of (see sjálfr); við váða sjálfan, búið við geig, on the verge of, Eg. 158; Grettir var við svefn, just asleep, Grett. 127.
    3. phrases, við svá búit, after all done, often with the notion of ‘in vain, nothing having been done’ (búa B. II. δ); fóru við þat heim, Fms. i. 54, ix. 469, Nj. 127; skildu við þetta, 260, Ísl. ii. 217.
    II. at, to; Hrútr er við skip, Nj. 4; Hrútr var við búð, 79; vera heima við bú sitt, 215; hanga upp við siglu-rá, Fas. iii. 659; bundinn við staf, Eg. 232; fastr við altara, fastened to the altar, Vm. 110; styðja sik vid e-t, to lean on, Fms. ix. 512; sitja upp við hægindit, leaning on it, Ld. 16; sitja upp við vegginn, Nj. 153; ganga við staf, 219; ganga við tréfót, Eb. 66; styðjask við höndina, Fas. i. 228; rísa upp við olboga, Þórð. 15; sitja við stýri, at the rudder, Eg. 385; hafa barn við brjóst, to have a bairn at breast, N. G. L. i. 340; leggja, bæta, auka, við e-t, to add to; blanda við e-t, to mix with; vera við e-t, to be present at, Ld. 92, Eg. 540; sitja við drykk, mat, to sit at drink, meat, Eg. 303, 420.
    III. denoting association, together with; vera samþingi, samfjórðungs við e-n, Grág. ii. 237; vera saman við e-n, vera samvista við e-n, eiga samneyti við, vera sammæðr við e-n, passim; vera utan-fjórðungs við víg, Grág. ii. 89; vera við e-t riðinn; þeir vildu eigi vera hér við heiðna menn, Íb. 4; búa við e-n, Gísl. 17.
    2. direction; í sýn við bæinn, Fas. ii. 507; í örskots-helgi við garðinn, Grág.; standa í höggfæri við e-n, Nj. 97; við þat lík at lifa, Hm.
    IV. denoting company, with; bauð þeim heim við alla sína menn, Vígl. 27; riðu við sextigi manna, Nj. 10, 213, Ld. 164; gékk á land við einn svein, Fms. ix. 502; sækja land við útlendan her, Hkr. i. 198; við fá, marga … menn, Fas. i. 35; the phrase, við annan, þriðja fjórða … mann (see annarr I. 1); þú ert hér kominn við svá mikit fé, Ld. 112; sækja mál við níu búa, Grág.; við váttorð, Kb. i. 103; leyfa e-t við vitni, Ld. 104; bjóða e-t við váttorð, in the presence of, by witnesses, Nj. 243.
    B. METAPH. USAGES:
    I. towards a person or thing, respecting, regarding; hryðja við aðilja, Grág. (Kb.) i. 127; missa fjár síns við þjóf, Grág.; skilja við e-n, to part with (see skilja); til metnaðar við sik, Edda i. 20; til huggunar við sik, Ld. 228; til þjónustu við e-n, Eg. 28; til gæzlu við e-n, for keeping, watching one, Ld. 152; ganga, koma, fara til fundar, til móts … við e-n, 62, 90, Nj. 4, Eg. 101; mildr, blíðr, léttr, kátr, ástúðigr, góðr, harðr, grimmr, reiðr, harðráðr, stríðr, … við menn, mild … towards, Nj. 2, 47, 48; víkjast undan við e-n, Ld. 42; fyrir kapps sakir við e-n, til liðveizlu, hjálpar … við e-n, Eg. 44, Nj. 75; sýna vinskap, halda vinskap við e-n, Ld. 150; leggja ást við e-n, 34; líka vel, ílla við e-n, Nj. 53; eiga eyrindi við e-n, Eg. 260; eiga orð við e-n, 255; hafa lög við e-n, Nj. 106; tala, mæla, ræða, segja, spjalla við e-n, to talk, speak … with a person, passim; skipta, eiga, … við e-n, to deal… with; berjask, deila við e-n, to fight with, against; göra e-t við e-n, so to act with, Greg. 43; reyna e-t við e-n, to contend with one, Nj. 46, 94, Edda i. 106; hafa misgört við e-n, Fms. viii. 103; láta vaxa óþokka við e-n, Nj. 107; tilför við Gunuar, 101; mála-tilbúnaðr við e-n, 100; sekr við e-n, útlagr við goða, Grág.
    2. hræddr við e-n, afraid of one; verða varr við e-t, to perceive; vanr við e-t, used to a thing; hann var svá vanr við vini sína, Fms. viii. 220; fella sik við e-t, kunna við e-t, to apply oneself to, to like.
    II. of cause, by, at; falla við högg, to fall by a stroke, Nj. 163; hrata við lagit, Eg. 379; vakna við e-t, Fas. ii. 116; vakna við draum; verða glaðr, reiðr, hryggr, úkátr … við e-t, to become glad, wroth … at, Íb. 10, Eg. 102, 321, passim; bregða sér við e-t, Ld. 190: by, við minn atbeina, Fms. vi. 66; við samþykki e-s, Eg. 165; við ráð e-s, Grág. (Kb.) ii. 30; gört þat við einræði þitt, Ld. 188; et þat at vánum við skaplyndi Þorgeirs, Nj. 255; hlaða seglum við mikinn háska, with great danger, Korm. 168; sigla við stjörnu-ljós, to sail by star-light, Fms. i. 24; lesa við ljós, to read with a light; búa sik við skart, to dress fine.
    III. as compared with, set off against; sex sær við kú, Grág. i. 502–504; selja, virðing sína við íllgirni þínaa, Eb. 160; þrjóta mun mik íllsku við þik. Hkr. i. 322; mik skortir við hann, Nj. 90; hafa afta við e-n, Eg. 187; eigi minna virðr enn við konunginn, i. e. of equal worth with the king, Fms. xi. 45; er þetta við mikla fémuni, Hrafn. 19; fjórðungi skerð við goðorð önnur, Grág. (Kb.) i. 211; Skotland er þriðjungr ríkis við England, Nj. 266; þriðjung við liðsmenn, Eg. 57; at þriðjungi við ykkr, Ld. 102; helming við hann, Fms. i. 22; gaf þeim hálfar tekjur við sik, 7.
    IV. við þann kost, on that condition, Grág. (Kb.) i. 233: of medicine, for, við svefnleysi, við orms-bit, við offeitan kvið …, Lækn.: in mod. usage dat., and so in Hm. 138.
    V. denoting fitness, proportion; göra klæði við vöxt e-s, Eg. 516; við þeirra hæfi, 109; er þat ekki við þitt æði, Ld. 298; vera við alþýðu-skap, Fs. 63; við sik, in proportion, B. K. 8; neyta skógar við sik sem þarf, Grág. ii. 292; þat er hann má eigi sjálfr við sik njóta, himself alone, 623. 21; hann var skapaðr allr við sik, well shaped, symmetrical, Fas. i. 173; fagrt ok allt vel við sik, Fms. x. 321; veðrit vesnaði en nátt-myrkr á við sik. Bjarn. 52; vita hvat við sik væri, to know what was the matter, Fms. xi. 11, Fas. ii. 516; leggja mál við tré, Ld. 316; draga kvarða við lérept, vaðmál, Grág. i. 497, 498.
    VI. with, by, denoting means; tendra eld við fjallrapa, to light fire with, Bs. i. 7; við þessar fortölur, Ld. 204; kom svá við umtölur góðra manna, Nj. 267; við áskoran þína, 258; mýkjask við e-t, Fms. v. 239; húð skorpnuð við eld, Nj. 208.
    VII. with verbs; lifa við skömm, meizlur, harm, lifa við slíka harma, to live with or in shame, sorrow, Nj. 92, Hkr. ii. 107, Eg. 604, Ld. 332; leika við e-n, Nj. 2; kaupa við e-n, Grág.; binda við e-t, to bind, fasten to; sætta, rægja, friða e-n við e-n, Eg. 226, Grág. ii. 99; tala, … við e-n, to speak, deal … with, Nj. 2, 197, Ld. 22 (see I); hefja upp bónorð við e-n, Eg. 38; leita eptir við e-n, leita ráða við e-n, eiga hlut at við e-n, Nj. 75, 101, 213, Eg. 174; fæða, lifa, fæðask, ala, búa, bjargast, við e-t, to feed, live, subsist … on, Edda i. 46, Fms. i. 226, v. 219, Nj. 236, passim; vera við e-t, to be present at, and metaph. to enjoy, Hom. 87, Edda (pref.); nema lyfsteinn sé við riðinn, Ld. 250; hann brá upp við fætinum (viz. við lagit), Nj. 264; binda við e-t, to bind to, Fms. ix. 358; at þeim heimilum ok í örskotshelgi við (viz. þau) á alla vega, Grág. (Kb.) i. 88; þar við, hér við, at engi mundi þar þora við at etja, Nj. 89.
    2. hagr við e-t, skilful at; kunna vel við e-t, id.; skjarr við skot, Ls.; temja, venja, … við e-t; drekka við sleitur (see sleita); kveða við raust, Sturl. iii. 317, Eg. 554; syngja vid tón, Sturl. iii. 210; búa sik við skart, skikkja búin við gull, Fms. x. 199; skyrta saumuð við gull, embroidered with, Fas. ii. 529; glóa við gull, to glow or gleam with gold, Lex. Poët.
    VIII. elliptical or ad- verbial usages; bregða við, to start; hann þagði við, remained silent, Nj. 2; verða bilt, felmt við, Ísl. ii. 274, Nj. 105; fá við þrjú skip, to add three ships, Fms. xi. 73; jók nú miklu við, it waxed much, Ld. 54; kveða við, gella við, to scream, yell; þurfa við, to need, Nj. 74; njóta e-s við, to enjoy, 85; komask við, to be touched; leita við, to try; bera við, to happen (see bera); koma við, to touch; standa, bíða við, to stop a bit; nema við, to hinder, cause a hindrance; kunna við, to like; koma e-u við, to bring a thing about, 101; ef ek viðr um kæmumk, if I could manage it, Hbl.; bjarga e-u við, hjálpa við, to help, put right; reisa við, rétta við, to raise up again, put right; kannask við, to recognise; vera við staddr, to be present, = við e-t staddr.
    IX. in recipr. phrases, talask við, eigask við, fásk við, etc., to speak … to one another, where the object is suffixed to the preceding verb.
    X. with an adverb or particle, of direction; upp á við, niðr á við, upwards, downwards; vestr á við, Fas. ii. 244; móts við, towards; á við, equivalent to (það er á við tvær merkr); austan við, vestan við, sunnan við, fram við, inn við, etc., followed by an accusative.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > VIÐ

  • 17 oscuridad

    f.
    darkness, blackness, dark, obscurity.
    * * *
    1→ link=obscuridad obscuridad
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=ausencia de luz)
    2) [de texto, explicación] obscurity
    3) (=anonimato) obscurity
    * * *
    1) (de la noche, de lugar) darkness, dark
    2) ( anonimato) obscurity; (de texto, definición) obscurity, obscureness
    * * *
    = darkness, obscurity, murkiness, blackness.
    Ex. At every instant the darkness of the line being drawn is made equal to the darkness of the point on the picture being observed by the photocell.
    Ex. Obscurity in the law is against the public interest.
    Ex. Given the murkiness surrounding the identification of which spaces are public and which are private, it seems rather futile to attempt to define public space by a single characteristic = Dada la falta de claridad que rodea la identificación de qué espacios son públicos y cuáles son privados o semiprivados, parece bastante inútil intentar definir lo que es un espacio público con una sola característica.
    Ex. Blackness is like putting you on a chessboard, where things are strictly black and white, and there is no in-between.
    ----
    * al amparo de la oscuridad = under cover of darkness.
    * caer en la oscuridad = fall into + obscurity, sink into + oblivion, sink into + obscurity, fade into + obscurity, fade into + oblivion.
    * como barcos que se cruzan (en la oscuridad) = like passing ships (in the night).
    * oscuridad absoluta = pitch darkness, pitch blackness.
    * oscuridad total = pitch blackness, pitch darkness.
    * * *
    1) (de la noche, de lugar) darkness, dark
    2) ( anonimato) obscurity; (de texto, definición) obscurity, obscureness
    * * *
    = darkness, obscurity, murkiness, blackness.

    Ex: At every instant the darkness of the line being drawn is made equal to the darkness of the point on the picture being observed by the photocell.

    Ex: Obscurity in the law is against the public interest.
    Ex: Given the murkiness surrounding the identification of which spaces are public and which are private, it seems rather futile to attempt to define public space by a single characteristic = Dada la falta de claridad que rodea la identificación de qué espacios son públicos y cuáles son privados o semiprivados, parece bastante inútil intentar definir lo que es un espacio público con una sola característica.
    Ex: Blackness is like putting you on a chessboard, where things are strictly black and white, and there is no in-between.
    * al amparo de la oscuridad = under cover of darkness.
    * caer en la oscuridad = fall into + obscurity, sink into + oblivion, sink into + obscurity, fade into + obscurity, fade into + oblivion.
    * como barcos que se cruzan (en la oscuridad) = like passing ships (in the night).
    * oscuridad absoluta = pitch darkness, pitch blackness.
    * oscuridad total = pitch blackness, pitch darkness.

    * * *
    A
    le tiene miedo a la oscuridad he's afraid of the dark
    ¡qué oscuridad! ¿por qué no enciendes la luz? it's so dark in here! why don't you switch on the light?
    2 (sitio) darkness
    la encontré llorando en la oscuridad I found her sitting in the dark o sitting in darkness crying
    B
    1 (anonimato) obscurity
    esa película lo sacó de la oscuridad that film rescued him from obscurity
    2 (de un texto, una definición) obscurity, obscureness
    3 (circunstancias turbias) suspicious circumstances (pl)
    * * *

    oscuridad sustantivo femenino (de la noche, de lugar) darkness, dark;
    ◊ ¡qué oscuridad! it's so dark in here!

    oscuridad sustantivo femenino
    1 (falta de luz) darkness, dark
    2 (falta de información) obscurity, obscureness

    ' oscuridad' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    miedo
    - surgir
    - julepe
    English:
    cloak
    - dark
    - darkness
    - fear
    - flare
    - in
    - obscurity
    - plunge
    - blunder
    - cover
    - gloom
    * * *
    oscuridad, obscuridad nf
    1. [falta de luz] darkness;
    me da miedo la oscuridad I'm afraid of the dark;
    ¿cómo puedes trabajar con esta oscuridad? how can you work in the dark like this?
    2. [zona oscura]
    en la oscuridad in darkness, in the dark;
    se perdieron en la oscuridad they got lost in the dark
    3. [falta de claridad] obscurity
    4. [falta de fama] obscurity;
    con ese disco salieron de la oscuridad that record brought them out of obscurity
    * * *
    f darkness
    * * *
    1) : darkness
    2) : obscurity
    * * *

    Spanish-English dictionary > oscuridad

  • 18 τάσσω

    τάσσω, A.Ag. 332, etc.; [dialect] Att. [suff] τάρφ-ττω Pl.Prt. 262e, etc.: [tense] fut.
    A

    τάξω A. Th. 285

    , etc.: [tense] aor.

    ἔταξα Id.Supp. 986

    , etc.: [tense] pf.

    τέτᾰχα X.Oec.4.5

    , ([etym.] συν-) Pl.Lg. 625c: [tense] plpf.

    ἐτετάχει Plb.5.65.7

    :—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. τάξομαι (in pass. sense) LXX Ex.29.43: [tense] aor.

    ἐταξάμην Hdt.3.13

    , Th.2.83, etc.:— [voice] Pass., [tense] fut.

    ταχθήσομαι D.S.11.41

    , ([etym.] ἐπι-) Th.1.140, etc.; later τᾰγήσομαι ([etym.] ἐν-) Orib.8.1, ([etym.] ὑπο-) 1 Ep.Cor.15.28; 3fut.

    τετάξομαι E.IT 1046

    , Th.5.71, Ar.Av. 637: [tense] aor.

    ἐτάχθην A.Eu. 279

    , etc.; later ἐτάγην [ᾰ] SIG708.9 (Istropolis, ii B.C.), Plu.2.965e, Perict. ap. Stob.4.25.50, etc.: [tense] pf.

    τέταγμαι Pi.O.2.30

    , etc.; [ per.] 3pl.

    τετάχαται Th.3.13

    , ([etym.] ἀντι-) X. An.4.8.5: [ per.] 3pl. [tense] plpf.

    ἐτετάχατο Th.5.6

    , 7.4:—draw up in order of battle, form, array, marshal, both of troops and ships,

    τὴν στρατιήν Hdt.1.191

    ;

    τοὺς ὁπλίτας Th.4.9

    ;

    νεῶν στῖφος ἐν στίχοις τρισίν A.Pers. 366

    ;

    πολεμίων στίχας E.Heracl. 676

    ;

    τ. εἰς μάχην στρατιάν X.Cyr.1.6.43

    : abs., Isoc.18.47:—[voice] Pass., to be drawn up,

    ἐς μάχην Hdt.1.80

    ;

    οὐδένα κόσμον ταχθέντες Id.9.69

    ; ἐπὶ τεττάρων ταχθῆναι in four lines, X. An.1.2.15; ἐπὶ μιᾶς, of ships, Id.HG1.6.29;

    ἐπὶ κέρως Eub.67.4

    ; κατὰ μίαν ναῦν τεταγμένοι in line, Th.2.84; ἐπὶ ὀκτώ, of troops, Id.6.67: abs., τεταγμένοι in rank and file, Id.2.81 (so metaph., τὸ ἐν τῷ τεταγμένῳ ὄν the rank and file, opp. Senators and Equites, D.C.49.12); στράτευμα τεταγμένον, opp. ἄτακτον, X.Mem.3.1.7:—[voice] Med., fall in, form in order of battle, freq. in Th., 1.48, 4.11, etc.;

    ὡς ἐς μάχην 2.20

    ; ἐτάξαντο κύκλον τῶν νεῶν formed in a circle, ib.83, cf. 3.78;

    ἐτάξαντο οὐ πάντες ὁμοίως 5.68

    ;

    εἴκοσι ναυσὶ ἐτάξαντο 3.77

     (but in 2.90 trans., ἐπὶ τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς having drawn up their ships in four lines, cf. E.Heracl. 664).
    2 post, station,

    τὰς καμήλους ἀντία τῆς ἵππου Hdt.1.80

    , cf. E.Ph. 749; τινὰς ἐπί τινας one group against another, X.Cyr.2.1.9 (but τ. τινὰ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἱππέας set him over them, to command them, Id.HG3.4.20); ἑαυτὸν ὑμῖν τάξαι παρέσχεν for enrolment, Lys.31.9, cf. Lycurg.43:—[voice] Pass., to be posted or stationed,

    τῇ οὐδεὶς ἐτέτακτο Hdt.1.84

    , cf.A.Pers. 381;

    ἐς τὸ ὄρος Hdt.7.212

    ; but ἐς τὸ πεζόν or ἐς π. τετάχθαι to serve among the infantry, ib.21,81; ἐς τὸν ναυτικὸν στρατὸν -θέντες ib. 203: c. gen., τῆς πρώτης τάξεως (or simply τῆς πρώτης)

    τεταγμένος Lys.14.11

    , 16.15: c. acc. cogn.,

    τάξιν τινὰ ταχθῆναι Pl.Phdr. 247a

    , etc.;

    δεξιὸν τεταγμένους κέρας E.Supp. 657

    : freq. folld. by Preps. (cf. infr. 11.1, etc.), ταχθῆναι or τετάχθαι ἐπί τινα or τινας against another, Th.3.78, etc.; ἐπί τινι or τισι A.Th. 448, Th.2.70, 3.13, etc.; also, to be posted at a place,

    ἐφ' ἑπτὰ πύλαις ταχθέντες ἴσοι πρὸς ἴσους S.Ant. 142

     (anap.); ἐπ' εὐωνύμῳ κέρατι on the left wing, X.Oec.4.19;

    ἐπὶ τοῦ λαιοῦ κέρως Plb.1.34.4

    ; τ. κατά τινα over against.., Hdt.8.85, X.An.2.3.19; τ. μετά τινα behind him.., Id.HG7.2.4 (so

    ἐπί τινι Id.Lac.13.7

    ); μετά τινος with him, by his side, Plb.2.67.2, etc., cf. Th.2.63;

    σύν τινι X.An.3.2.17

    , etc.;

    παρὰ τὸν ποταμόν Hdt.9.15

    ; περὶ τὸ Ἥραιον ib.69;

    ἀμφὶ τὴν Κέον Id.8.76

    .
    II appoint to any service, military or civil, the latter being metaph. from the former,

    ἄρχοντας X.HG7.1.24

    ; τινὰ ἐπί τινι Id.Cyr.8.6.17, D.17.20, etc.;

    ἐπὶ τὰς πράξεις Isoc.5.151

    , cf. Pl.Ly. 209b, etc.;

    ἀξιῶ σε τάξαι με ἐπί τινος PCair.Zen.447.3

     (iii B.C.): also τ. ἑαυτὸν ἐπί τι undertake a task, Pl.R. 371c, D.8.71, etc.;

    πρός τι X. Mem.2.4.6

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    οἱ τεταγμένοι βραβῆς S.El. 709

    , cf. 759;

    πρέσβεις ταχθέντες D.19.69

    ; τετάχθαι ἐπί τινι to be appointed to a service, Hdt. 1.191, 2.38, A.Pers. 298, E. Ion 1040, X.Cyr.4.6.1;

    ἐπί τι Ar.Av. 637

    , X.Cyr.1.4.24, etc.; also

    ἐπί τινος Hdt.5.109

     ( ἐπ' οὗ, v.l. ὅκου), D.10.46;

    τὸν ἐπὶ τῆς σφαγῆς τεταγμένον Plu.Cleom.38

    , cf. Plb.3.12.5; ὁ πρὸς τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένος secretary, Id.15.27.7; οἱ πρὸς ταῖς φυλακαῖς (tolls) τετ. PCair.Zen.31.15 (iii B.C.).
    2 c. acc. et inf., appoint or order one to do or be,

    τάττετ' ἐμὲ ἡγεῖσθαι X.An.3.1.25

    , cf. Cyr.7.3.1, Hdt.3.25, S.OC 639, E.Hec. 223, etc.:—[voice] Pass.,

    μοῖρα ἡ ταχθεῖσα.. φρουρέειν Hdt.4.133

    , cf. 8.13, A.Eu. 279, 639, etc.;

    τασσόμενος πορεύεσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.11

    , etc.; τοῦτο τετάγμεθα (sc. ποιεῖν) E.Alc.49; also

    τεταγμένος κίοι A.Supp. 504

    ; ὁ ἐπ' Αἴγυπτον ταχθείς (sc. κῆρυξ) ordered to Egypt, Hdt.3.62, cf. 68, 6.48.
    3 also τ. τινί c. inf., Id.2.124, X.Cyr.1.5.5, etc.: impers., ἴωμεν.., ἵν' ἡμῖν τέτακται (sc. ἰέναι) S.Ph. 1181 (lyr.);

    οἷς ἐτέτακτο παραβοηθεῖν Th.3.22

    ;

    τοῖς δὲ ἕπεσθαι τέτακται X.Lac.11.6

    : also with inf. omitted, κόσμον φυλάσσουσ' ὅντιν' ἂν τάξῃ πόλις (sc. φυλάσσειν) E.Supp. 245, cf. 460, Hel. 1390, etc.
    4 assign to a duty or class of dutiful persons,

    ἐν πᾶσιν ἐμαυτὸν ἔταττον D.18.221

    ; εἰς ὑπηρετικὴν αὑτοὺς τ. Pl.Plt. 289e;

    πρός τινας τάξαι αὑτόν Din.3.18

    ;

    σὺν ἐμοὶ τ. σεαυτήν D.H.8.47

    ;

    τ. ἐμαυτὸν εἰς τάξιν τινά X.Mem.2.8

    ; τινὰς εἰς τοὺς ἀρχικούς ib.7; εἰς τὴν δουλείαν ἐμαυτόν ib.11; τ. ἑαυτόν τινων εἶναι range oneself with.., D. 19.302:—[voice] Pass., πρὸς τὴν ξυμμαχίαν ταχθῆναι to join it, Th.3.86.
    III c. acc. rei, place in a certain order or relative position, χωρὶς ἑκάτερα τ. Hdt.7.36; τίνα μέσον τάξω λόγον; E.El. 908; πρῶτον καὶ τελευταῖον τὸ κάλλιστον τ. X.Mem.3.1.9;

    τὰ τυφλὰ τοῦ σώματος καὶ ἄοπλα ἐναντία τάττειν τοῖς πολεμίοις Id.Cyr.3.3.45

    ;

    τοὺς πόδας [τοῦ ἐμβρύου] κατ' εὐθὺ τοῦ στομίου τῆς ὑστέρας τάσσειν Sor.2.60

    ;

    μὴ κατὰ ἄνεμον τῶν οἰκημάτων τάττειν τὴν ἅλω Gp.2.26.1

    ; τάξας.. ἀπὸ μὲν δύσεως μίαν θυρίδα φωτὸς ἕνεκεν ib.14.6.6; [

    κηρίας] τὴν μεσότητα τάσσειν ὑπὸ τὸ γένειον PMed.Lond.155ii 29

    , cf. Sor.Fasc.25. al.;

    εἰς ταὐτὸ τ. τὴν εὐτυχίαν τῇ εὐδαιμονίᾳ Arist.EN 1099b7

    ; Λυδοὺς.. πρὸς ἅπαντας range over against, Pl.Plt. 262e;

    τὴν σοφιστικὴν περὶ τὸ μὴ ὂν ἔταξεν Arist.Metaph. 1026b15

    , cf. Top. 125b21; c. inf., [

    Ὅμηρον] ἐν τοῖς.. σοφωτάτοις εἶναι τάττομεν Aeschin.1.142

    ;

    οὐκ εὐλόγως τὸ τοιοῦτον σημεῖον ἐν τοῖς φρενιτικοῖς τάττει Gal.16.521

    , cf. 18(2).238; τ. τι ἐπί τινος apply a term to a certain sense, Ath.1.21a:—[voice] Pass.,

    τετάχθαι κατά τινος D.H.2.48

    ;

    ἔμπροσθεν τ. τινός Pl.Lg. 631d

    , cf. X. Mem.3.1.7, etc.
    b with an inf. and Adj., lay down, rule to be so and so,

    ἅπερ ἂν.. αἰσχρὰ εἶναι καὶ κακὰ τάττῃ Pl.Lg. 728a

    ;

    τά τε δίκαια ταχθέντ' εἶναι καὶ ἄδικα Id.Plt. 305b

    .
    2 ordain, prescribe,

    τ. τὰ περὶ τὰ τέκνα Arist.Pol. 1262b6

    : abs., ὁ νόμος οὕτω τ. Pl.La. 199a;

    οὕτω τ. ὁ λόγος Arist.EN 1119b17

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    τὸ ταττόμενον Ar.Ec. 766

    ;

    τὸ ταχθὲν τελεῖν S.Aj. 528

    ;

    τὰ τεταγμένα X.Cyr.1.2.5

    , etc.; τὰ τετ. ἄγειν the things appointed to them for conveying, ib.8.5.4;

    τῆς τροφῆς ἡ βελτίστη τέτακται τοῖς ἐλευθέροις Arist.GA 744b18

    ; ἐν τῷ τεταγμένῳ εἶναι to be fulfilling one's obligations, IG12.57.47, 22.116.48, X. Cyr.6.2.37.
    3 of taxes or payments, assess,

    τὸν φόρον ταῖς πόλεσι And.4.11

    , cf. Aeschin.2.23, D.23.209;

    ταῖσδε ἔταξαν οἱ τάκται IG12.218.45

    ; so

    τ. τῷ ναύτῃ δραχμήν X.HG1.5.4

    : with inf. added,

    χρήματα τοῖς πᾶσι τάξαντες φέρειν Th.1.19

    , etc. ([voice] Pass.,

    φόρον ἐτάχθησαν φέρειν Hdt.3.97

    ); τάσσειν ἀργυρίου πολλοῦ fix a high price, Th.4.26:—[voice] Pass.,

    τὸ ταχθὲν τίμημα Pl.R. 551b

    ;

    εἰσφέρειν τὸ τεταγμένον Arist.Pol. 1272a14

    :—[voice] Med., take a payment on oneself, i.e. agree to pay it,

    φόρον τάξασθαι Hdt.3.13

    , 4.35;

    χρήματα ἀποδοῦναι ταξάμενοι Th.1.101

    ; χρήματα ταξάμενοι κατὰ χρόνους ἀποδοῦναι agreeing to pay by instalments, ib. 117, cf. 3.70;

    πόλεις αὐταὶ ταξάμεναι IG12.212.72

    , cf. 211 vi 6; also

    τάξασθαι ἐς τὴν δωρεήν Hdt.3.97

     (but also, much like [voice] Act., ἐτάξατο φόρους οἱ προσιέναι ib.89).
    b [voice] Med., generally, agree upon, settle,

    ταξαμένους.. δέχεσθαι μισθὸν τῆς φυλακῆς Pl.R. 416e

    ;

    τὰς τιμάς Id.Lg. 743e

    , cf. 844b, 844c, al.;

    τέταγμαι ποιμέσιν, οἵ μοι δώσουσιν τιμήν PMich.Zen.56.19

     (iii B.C.); votum expld. as εὐχή, ὃ τάττεταί τις θεῷ, Gloss.: c. inf. [tense] fut., PEnteux.54.5(iii B.C.), Plb.18.7.7, al.
    c [voice] Med., pay,

    τῆς δὲ τιμῆς τάξονται παραχρῆμα τὸ δ μέρος, τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν ἐν ἔτεσι γ PEleph.14.18

     (iii B.C.), cf. PEnteux. 60.9, 89.7, PMich.Zen.79.9, PCair.Zen.649.16 (all iii B.C.), PAmh. 2.31.1, 52.1, Ostr.Bodl. i 46,96, al., PLond.3.1201.1, 1202.1 (all ii B.C.).
    4 impose punishments,

    τ. δίκην Ar.V. 1420

    , etc.; τ. ζημίας, τιμωρίας, Pl.Lg. 876c, D.20.143;

    τῷ κλέψαντι θάνατον Lycurg.65

    :— also in [voice] Med., Hdt.2.65.
    b impose laws,

    οὓς [νόμους] ἔταξε αὐτοῖς ὁ νομοθέτης Pl.Lg. 772c

    .
    5 in [tense] pf. part. [voice] Pass., fixed, settled, prescribed, ὁ τεταγμένος χρόνος (like τακτός) Hdt.2.41, etc.;

    ὥρα E.Ba. 723

    ;

    ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.4

    ;

    ἔτη Pl.Lg. 810b

    ;

    ἡ τετ. χώρα X.Cyr.5.3.40

    ; αἱ τετ. θυσίαι the regular offerings, Id.HG3.3.4; οἱ ἐπὶ τούτῳ τετ. [νόμοι] Pl.Cri. 50d; ἡ τετ. δίαιτα prescribed, Id.R. 404a; τὰ τετ. ὀνόματα received, Isoc.9.9; τετ. τέχνη regular, Id.13.12; τεταγμένον, opp. ἄτακτον, Arist.Cael. 280a8;

    νὺξ τὰ τεταγμέν' ἀπέχει

     Lyr.Alex. Adesp.

    37.6

    ; of geom. figures, regular, i.e. equilateral and equiangular, Papp.306.2, 8, al.--cf. τεταγμένως.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τάσσω

  • 19 πελάζω

    πελάζω, Il.5.766, etc.: [tense] fut. - άσω E.El. 1332 (lyr.), etc.; [dialect] Att.
    A

    πελῶ A.Pr. 284

     (anap.), S.Ph. 1150 (lyr., codd.), OC 1060 (lyr.), El. 497 (lyr.): [tense] aor.

    ἐπέλᾰσα E.Hel. 671

     (lyr.) ; [dialect] Ep.

    πέλασα Il.12.194

     ; [dialect] Ep. and Lyr.

    ἐπέλασσα 21.93

    ,

    πέλασσα 13.1

    , Pi.P.4.227 :—[voice] Med., [tense] aor. opt. (trans.)

    πελασαίατο Il.17.341

     ; inf.

    πελάσασθαι Emp.133

     :—[voice] Pass., [tense] aor. ἐπελάσθην, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.

    πέλασθεν Il.12.420

    , inf.

    πελασθῆναι S.OT 213

     (lyr.) ; [dialect] Ep. [tense] aor. [voice] Pass.

    ἔπλητο Hes. Th. 193

    ,

    ἔπληντο Il.4.449

    , etc.,

    πλῆτο 14.438

    , πλῆντο ib. 468 ; later ἐπλάθην [pron. full] [ᾱ] A.Pr. 897 (lyr.), E. Tr. 203(lyr.), etc.: [tense] pf. [voice] Pass.

    πέπλημαι AP5.46

     (Rufin.) ; [ per.] 3pl.

    πεπλήαται Semon.31

     A (fort. πεπλέαται) ; part.

    πεπλημένος Od.12.108

     ; cf. πελάω, πελάθω, πλάθω : ([etym.] πέλας):
    A intr., approach, draw near, c. dat.,

    πέλασεν νήεσσι Il.12.112

     ;

    ὅς τις ἀϊδρείῃ πελάσῃ Od.12.41

     ;

    ἐὸν.. ἐόντι πελάζει Parm.8.25

     ; τούτοις σὺ μὴ π. A.Pr. 807, cf. S.Ph. 301, etc.: rarely in Prose,

    π. πολεμίοισι Hdt.9.74

     ;

    θηρίοις X.Cyr.1.4.7

    , cf. 3.2.10, An.4.2.3 ;

    τῷ φθινοπώρῳ Hp.Prog.24

     : prov., ὅμοιον ὁμοίῳ ἀεὶ πελάζει like draws to like , Pl. Smp. 195b.
    2 less freq. c. gen., ἐπὴν [ ἡ γυνὴ] τόκου π. Hp.Mul. 1.34 ; πάρα.. πελάσαι φάος.. νεῶν light may come near the ships, S. Aj. 709 (lyr.) ;

    εἴρξω πελάζειν [σῆς πάτρας] Id.Ph. 1407

     (but σῆς πάτρας shd. be deleted) ;

    π. πηγῆς Call.Ap.88

     (nisi leg. πηγῇσι)

    ; π. τῆς πόλεως Th.2.77

    , Plb.21.6.3 ; also

    μὴ πελάσητ' ὄμματος ἐγγύς E.Med. 101

     (anap.).
    3 with a Prep., πρὸς τοῖχον π. Hes.Op. 732 ;

    ἐς τὸν ἀριθμόν Hdt.2.19

     ; [ τὸ ὕδωρ] ἐς τὸ θερμὸν π. gets hotter, Id.4.181 ;

    ἐς τούσδε τόπους S.OC 1761

     (anap.) ; εἰς ὄψιν, ἐς σὸν βλέφαρον, E.IT 1212, El. 1332 (anap.) ;

    ἐπί τινος Orph.A. 888

     ;

    πρὸς ἀλλήλας Plu.2.564b

    .
    4 c. acc. loci,

    δῶμα πελάζει E.Andr. 1167

     (anap.) ; elsewh. dub., S.OC 1060 (fort. εἰς νομόν), Ph. 1150 (but φυγᾷ μ' οὐκέτι.. πελᾶτ' shd. be taken in trans. sense, will no more draw me after you).
    5 abs., X.Cyr.7.1.48.
    B causal, only in Poets, bring near or to, freq. in Hom. (Hes. only Op. 431), both of persons and things, [

    νέας] Κρήτῃ ἐπέλασσεν Od.3.291

    , cf. 300 ;

    με.. γαίῃ Θεσπρωτῶν πέλασεν μέγα κῦμα 14.315

     ;

    τοὺς δ' Ἰθάκῃ ἐπέλασσε φέρων ἄνεμος 15.482

     ;

    π. τινὰ Ἀχιλῆϊ Il.24.154

    , cf. 2.744, etc.; Ζεὺς.. Ἕκτορα νηυσὶ π. let him approach the ships, 13.1 ; νευρὴν μὲν μαζῷ πέλασεν τόξῳ δὲ σίδηρον brought the string up to his breast, etc., of one drawing a bow, 4.123 ; ἐπέλασσα θαλάσσῃ στῆθος, in swimming, Od.14.350 ; πάντας.. πέλασε χθονί brought them to earth, Il.8.277 ;

    οὔδει τινὰ πελάσσαι 23.719

    , etc.;

    ἱστὸν δ' ἱστοδόκῃ πέλασαν 1.434

     ; βόας ζεύγλᾳ π. Pi.P.4.227 ; δεσμοῖς τινὰ π. A.Pr. 155 (anap.) ;

    βρόχῳ δέρην E.Alc. 230

     (lyr.) ; μὴ πέλαζε μητρί (sc. τέκνα) Id.Med.91 ;

    κορώνῃ νευρειήν Theoc.25.212

     ; ἐπεί ἐπέλασσέ γε δαίμων brought [ him so far], Il.15.418, cf. 21.93 ; γόμφοισιν πελάσας [ γύην] when he has fixed [ the plough-tree to the pole] with nails, Hes.Op. 431 : metaph., ἑ.. κακῇς ὀδύνῃσι π. bring him into pain, Il.5.766 ; ἐμὲ.. κράτει πέλασον endue me with might, Pi. O.1.78 ; Βορέᾳ σῶμα π. exposing it.., Ar.Av. 1399 (anap.) ; ἔπος ἐρέω, ἀδάμαντι πελάσσας (sc. αὐτό) having made it firm as adamant, Orac. ap. Hdt.7.141.
    2 folld. by a Prep.,

    με.. νῆσον ἐς Ὠγυγίην πέλασαν θεοί Od. 7.254

     ;

    κτήματα δ' ἐν σπήεσσι πελάσσατε 10.404

    , cf. 424 ; also

    δεῦρο π. τινά 5.111

     ;

    οὖδάσδε πελάζειν τινά 10.440

    .
    C [voice] Pass., like the intr. [voice] Act., come nigh, approach, etc., c. dat.,

    ἀσπίδες.. ἔπληντ' ἀλλήλῃσι Il.4.449

     ; πλῆτο χθονί he came near (i. e. sank to) earth, 14.438 ; οὔδεϊ πλῆντο ib. 468 ;

    σκοπέλῳ πεπλημένος Od. 12.108

     : abs., ἐπεὶ τὰ πρῶτα πέλασθεν (sc. τείχει) Il.12.420, cf. A.Th. 144 (lyr.).
    3 folld. by a Prep.,

    πελασθῆναι ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν Id.OT 213

     (lyr.).
    II approach or wed, of a woman,

    μηδὲ πλαθείην γαμέτᾳ A.Pr. 897

     (lyr.), cf. E.Andr.25 ; v. supr. A. 11.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πελάζω

  • 20 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • like ships that pass in the night —    This expression refers to people who meet briefly and are not likely to meet again.     The two men met one, like ships that pass in the night, and never met again …   English Idioms & idiomatic expressions

  • be like ships that pass in the night — if two people are like ships that pass in the night, they meet once or twice by chance for a short time and then do not see each other again. I only met him once or twice we were like ships that pass in the night but I ve never met anyone else… …   New idioms dictionary

  • Ships of the People's Liberation Army Navy — The ships of the People s Liberation Army Navy number over a hundred combatant ships, organized into three fleets: the North Sea Fleet, the East Sea Fleet, and the South Sea Fleet. The People s Liberation Army Navy (PLAN) is the naval branch of… …   Wikipedia

  • Ships of 'Saga of the Seven Suns' — This article describes fictional Space Ships featured in The Saga of Seven Suns, a series of science fiction novels written by Kevin J. Anderson. Earth Defense Force The Earth Defense Force (EDF) is the military of the Hansa. The entire fleet is… …   Wikipedia

  • SHIPS AND SAILING — Biblical Period The first sailing vessel mentioned in the Bible is Noah s Ark (see ark of noah ). The Phoenicians first developed marine navigation for purposes of commerce and communication along the sheltered part of the east Mediterranean… …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • List of ships in Battlestar Galactica (2004) — There have been many appearances of various spacecraft in the re imagined Battlestar Galactica science fiction television series, with the primary means of travel being FTL. Contents 1 Ships 1.1 Adriatic …   Wikipedia

  • Technology and ships of the Seikai Series — This article describes the fictional technology and space ships from the science fiction anime series Crest of the Stars and Banner of the Stars . Technology Anti Matter Also referred to as Anti substance in the anime series, Anti matter is the… …   Wikipedia

  • The Long Ships — or Red Orm (original Swedish Röde Orm ) is a best selling Swedish novel written by Frans Gunnar Bengtsson 1894 1954. The novel is divided into two parts, published in 1941 and 1945, with two books each.It is one of the most widely read books in… …   Wikipedia

  • CP Ships — was a large Canadian container shipping company now part of Hapag Lloyd since late 2005.The company became an independent corporation in 2001 when it was demerged by conglomerate Canadian Pacific Limited (CP) and is incorporated in Saint John,… …   Wikipedia

  • List of ships in the Matrix series — This article is about the hovercraft ships shown in the fictional universe of The Matrix series of science fiction films, comic books and video games. The Animatrix short film The Second Renaissance depicts the war between men and machines which… …   Wikipedia

  • List of miscellaneous ships in Battlestar Galactica (2004) — There have been many appearances of various spaceships in the re imagined Battlestar Galactica science fiction television series, with the primary means of travel being FTL. hips Adriatic The Adriatic is one of the few ships in President Laura… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»